VISION:Builder® VISION:Two™

Transcription

VISION:Builder®
VISION:Two™
Release 13.8
Installation and Support Manual for OS/390® (MVS®)
BUINM138.PDF/D92-010-009
© Copyright 2000 Sterling Software, Inc.
All Rights Reserved
Sterling Software
Information Management Division
5900 Canoga Avenue
P.O. Box 4237
Woodland Hills, CA 91365-4237
Notice to U.S. Government Users
Under Contracts Subject to DFARS Restricted Rights Legend
Sterling Software, Inc. makes no warranty, either expressed or implied, with respect to VISION:Builder and VISION:Two, their
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, other than as expressly provided in the license agreement.
This document and the software programs described herein are the proprietary and confidential information of Sterling Software, Inc.
No use may be made of these software programs or this document without the express written consent of Sterling Software, Inc. or its
authorized licensors.
Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject to restrictions stated in the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFAR
252.227-7202.1, or subparagraphs (c) (1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause of 48 CFR 52.227-19, as
applicable.
Notice - Notwithstanding any other lease or license agreement that may pertain to, or accompany the delivery of, this computer
software, the rights of the Government regarding its use, reproduction and disclosure are as set forth in the applicable Government
Contract or Purchase Order.
Trademarks
Sterling Software, VISION:Builder, VISION:Inform, VISION:Inquiry, VISION:Results, VISION:Transact, VISION:Two, and VISION:Workbench
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sterling Software, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both.
IBM, DB2, Language Enviornment, MVS, and OS/390 are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.
DATABASE 2 and IMS are trademarks of IBM Corporation.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States
and/or other countries.
Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Some of the other designations used in this document are trademarks of other companies not associated with Sterling Software, Inc.
Such use of these trademarks is for information purposes only and is not intended to be generic in nature nor to imply that such
trademarks are owned by or licensed to Sterling Software, Inc.
Contents
Chapter 1
Introduction......................................................................................................................... 1
Basic Information.......................................................................................................................................... 1
For VISION:Two Users ............................................................................................................................. 2
Description of the Installation Tape ....................................................................................................... 2
Installation Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3
System Tape Unload ............................................................................................................................... 3
System Preparation ................................................................................................................................. 4
System Setups........................................................................................................................................... 4
Chapter 2
System Tape Unload............................................................................................................ 5
Step 1 — Copy System Tape File 1 to a PDS........................................................................................ 6
Step 2 — Copy System Tape Files 2 through 9 to Disk Data Sets ................................................ 7
i
Contents
Chapter 3
System Preparation............................................................................................................. 8
Step 3 — Product Activation .................................................................................................................... 9
TSO CLIST.................................................................................................................................................... 9
Batch Job ................................................................................................................................................. 10
Output ...................................................................................................................................................... 10
Producing Banner Page ...................................................................................................................... 10
IBM Language Environment ............................................................................................................. 10
Step 4 — Parameter Modules Modification..................................................................................... 11
Modifying the Modules ...................................................................................................................... 11
Storing the Modules ............................................................................................................................ 12
Step 5 — Install the DB2 Database Access Module, MARKSQL................................................. 12
Using Slots to Access DB2 Tables .................................................................................................... 12
Controlling the Number of Statement Slots ............................................................................... 12
Assembling and Preparing MARKSQL........................................................................................... 13
Using the BIND Function.................................................................................................................... 15
Teradata Information........................................................................................................................... 17
Step 6 — Verify Basic System Installation ......................................................................................... 17
Chapter 4
System Setups ................................................................................................................... 20
Step 7 — Install Restricted System Modifications (RSMs)........................................................... 21
Step 8 — Install the PAL File Definitions and Requests................................................................ 22
Step 9 — Static Own Code Integration Relink ................................................................................ 23
Error Messages to Ignore ................................................................................................................... 23
VISION:Builder Installation and Support Manual for OS/390 (MVS)
ii
Contents
Step 10 — Setup for Use with the TSO Command Processor....................................................
OQL and BQL Parameter Module Modification .........................................................................
TSO Help Data Set.................................................................................................................................
OLX Command Processors ................................................................................................................
Step 11 — Copy VISION:Builder Message Modules to LPA.........................................................
Installing VISION:Workbench for DOS................................................................................................
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Setup Requirements..........................................................................
Allocating VISION:Workbench for ISPF Run-Time Libraries...................................................
Allocation Requirements....................................................................................................................
Using STEPLIB and System Link Library ........................................................................................
Using the LIBDEF Feature...................................................................................................................
More about ISPFILE Allocations.......................................................................................................
List Data Set and Internal Work Files..............................................................................................
Invoking VISION:Workbench for ISPF .................................................................................................
Adding an Option to a Standard ISPF Primary Menu ..............................................................
Using the ISPSTART Command ........................................................................................................
Using Other VISION:Workbench for ISPF Subsections ............................................................
Optional Setup for VISION:Workbench for ISPF..............................................................................
Preprocessing Your Panel Library....................................................................................................
Customizing Job Submission Skeletons.......................................................................................
LMF SUPPORT.........................................................................................................................................
Step 12 — Quick Start Utility Setup ....................................................................................................
Step 13 — Merge Load Libraries ..........................................................................................................
24
24
25
25
26
27
28
28
29
33
33
34
35
38
39
42
43
45
45
48
49
50
50
iii
Contents
Chapter 5
System Support and Maintenance................................................................................... 52
Applying System Modifications............................................................................................................ 52
Problem Reporting and Processing .................................................................................................... 53
VISION:Builder and COMLIB Problem Reporting....................................................................... 53
VISION:Workbench for DOS Problem Reporting ....................................................................... 53
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Problem Reporting ....................................................................... 54
User Code ................................................................................................................................................ 55
Appendix A
JCL ...................................................................................................................................... 56
Appendix B
VISION:Builder Parameter Modules .............................................................................. 113
M4PARAMS and M4LEPARM ................................................................................................................ 114
M4SFPARM ................................................................................................................................................. 142
Defining Additional Data Validation Symbols.......................................................................... 143
Change Automatic Date Validation Format .............................................................................. 144
MARKLIBP ................................................................................................................................................... 148
MARKSQL.................................................................................................................................................... 153
Query Language Parameters — BQLPARM .................................................................................... 165
Online Language Parameters — OQLPARM................................................................................... 178
iv
Contents
Appendix C
Sample ISPF Startup CLIST ............................................................................................. 192
Appendix D
Invocation Panels ............................................................................................................ 195
Appendix E
Skeleton and User Panel Listings................................................................................... 198
Contacting Sterling Software......................................................................................... 227
Index................................................................................................................................. 228
v
Chapter 1
Introduction
This manual describes how to install and activate VISION:Builder® and VISION:Two™.
Any questions regarding the installation should be directed to Sterling Software®
Technical Support. For more information, see Contacting Sterling Software starting on
page 227.
Basic Information
All releases of VISION:Builder and VISION:Two™ are delivered on 3480 tape cartridges or
9-track reel tapes as specified by the customer. A unique system activation key code for
each installation number is included with each system tape. Other identifying
information is on the external label of the tape.
All output generated during the installation, along with the system tape, should be
saved for future reference.
VISION:Builder should be
used on OS/390® (MVS®)
System release 4.3 or higher.
The basic installation process is identical for all users. The JCL needed to complete the
installation is provided in the first file of the system tape. Once the first file is copied to a
PDS, only minor tailoring of the provided JCL is needed to complete the installation.
1
Chapter 1
Introduction
Description of the Installation Tape
When the unique system activation key code is installed, the system becomes
operational and is set to the system model along with the features selected for the
specific installation number.
For VISION:Two
Users
If you are a VISION:Two user, whenever VISION:Builder is used in this manual, it refers to
VISION:Two. There are notations within the installation instructions to indicate which
steps are optional based on the features and capabilities selected and utilized at each
customer site.
Description of the Installation Tape
The VISION:Builder System Tape supplied for the OS/390 (MVS) environment is a
standard labeled 3480 cartridge containing nine files. The following table shows the
order and content of the nine files on the tape.
File
Description
File 1
VISION:Builder System WORKLIB PDS
File 2
COMLIB Release 4.5 Load Library
File 3
VISION:Workbench™ for ISPF Release 5.8 - CLIST Library
File 4
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Release 5.8 - Panel Library
File 5
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Release 5.8 - Message Library
File 6
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Release 5.8 - Skeleton Library
2
Chapter 1
Introduction
Installation Overview
File
Description
File 7
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Release 5.8 - Load Library
File 8
VISION:Builder Release 13.8 - Load Library
File 9
VISION:Builder System and component RSMLIB PDS.
The VISION:Builder installation is divided into three major sections:
System Tape
Unload
■
System Tape Unload
■
System Preparation
■
System Setups
File 1 of the system tape contains all the JCL, source code, and control statements
required during the installation process. The only JCL that needs to be prepared by the
installer is the IEBCOPY JCL to copy the contents of file 1 to a PDS. This JCL is shown in
Figure 1 on page 6 as part of the first step of the installation procedure.
Appendix A JCL starting on page 56 contains an alphabetic list of all the JCL members
referenced in the following installation procedures, with the complete detail of each
member.
Once the first file is copied to a PDS, all remaining installation JCL is available for tailoring
and use. In Step 2, the remaining files from the system tape are copied to disk. At this
point, you can save the system tape; you only need the disk data sets to complete the
installation process.
See Chapter 2 System Tape Unload starting on page 5 for more information.
3
Chapter 1
Introduction
System
Preparation
This portion of the installation process prepares VISION:Builder and its components for
use. The system is activated for each customer (installation number) based on their
system model and features. Also, some portions of the system and its components can
be customized to the specific needs and requirements of your site. In the final portion of
the preparation process, a simple job is run to demonstrate that the basic VISION:Builder
System installation was successful.
See Chapter 3 System Preparation starting on page 8 for more information.
System Setups
With a software system as diverse as VISION:Builder, there are several capabilities and
facilities that need some additional setup to operate within each installation site
environment. The setup steps that apply to each site vary depending on how the
software system and components are utilized at each site.
See Chapter 4 System Setups starting on page 20 for more information.
4
Chapter 2
System Tape Unload
In this portion of the VISION:Builder installation, you copy the elements and
components from the system tape to disk data sets. The following two steps are
performed to create a group of disk data sets that contain the entire host portion of the
VISION:Builder software system and components:
■
Step 1 — Copy System Tape File 1 to a PDS on page 6
■
Step 2 — Copy System Tape Files 2 through 9 to Disk Data Sets on page 7
Everything you need to prepare and set up the system is contained in the disk data sets.
5
Chapter 2
System Tape Unload
Step 1 — Copy System Tape File 1 to a PDS
Step 1 — Copy System Tape File 1 to a PDS
The WORKLIB PDS data set
that is created by this step is
referenced throughout the
remainder of the installation
process.
In step 1, you copy the contents of file 1 on the VISION:Builder system tape from the tape
to a PDS. The PDS contains all the JCL, source code, and control statements needed to
complete the installation. Figure 1 shows the JCL to transfer file 1 to a PDS. Prepare the
IEBCOPY job as described in Figure 1.
//* MEMBER BLCOPY1
//**********************************************************************
//* THIS JOB COPIES FILE 1
//*
FROM THE VISION:Builder SYSTEM TAPE TO DISK
//*
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THIS JOB, REVIEW JCL AND SPECIFY:
//*
//*
THE INPUT TAPE VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER AND UNIT TYPE.
//*
THE OUTPUT DISK DATASET NAME, UNIT AND VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER.
//*
(THE DISK DATASET SPACE IS MINIMUM FOR A 3380 DASD DEVICE.)
//*
//*
NOTE - THE DISK DATASET DCB MUST BE CODED AS SHOWN.
//*
SOME MEMBERS OF THE PDS ARE INPUT TO UTILITIES THAT
//*
HAVE "BLKSIZE" SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
//*
//**********************************************************************
//*
//COPY1
EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,REGION=1024K
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//INPUT
DD DSN=VISION.BUILDER.FILE1,DISP=OLD,
//
UNIT=TAPEC,LABEL=(1,SL,EXPDT=98000),
//
VOL=(PRIVATE,RETAIN,SER=(TAPVOL))
//OUTPUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
//
UNIT=SYSDA,VOL=SER=DSKVOL,
//
SPACE=(TRK,(30,5,15)),
//
DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200)
//SYSUT3
DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,15)
//SYSUT4
//SYSIN
DD *
COPY INDD=INPUT,OUTDD=OUTPUT
/*
Figure 1
Copy System Tape File 1 to a WORKLIB PDS
6
Chapter 2
System Tape Unload
Step 2 — Copy System Tape Files 2 through 9 to Disk Data Sets
Step 2 — Copy System Tape Files 2 through 9 to Disk Data Sets
The disk data set names
assigned to the unloaded
system tape files, and shown
in this table, are default
names. For continuity
purposes, the names shown
here are used throughout
the installation process
instructions and in all the JCL
examples.
The BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB
data set contains SAS-C
Runtine Modules, Release
6.50. These modules are
needed during executions of
VISION:Builder.
In step 2, you transfer all the remaining VISION:Builder system tape files to disk data sets.
These disk data sets created in step 2, along with the WORKLIB PDS created in step 1,
comprise the entire VISION:Builder software system and components.
Using the JCL member BLCOPY2 in the WORKLIB PDS, run a job to copy files 2 through
9 from the system tape to disk. The following table shows the list of all the data sets that
are created by the system tape unload steps 1 and 2. The characteristics are shown along
with basic space requirements. See Appendix A JCL starting on page 56 for the BLCOPY2
(and BLCOPY1) JCL that contains the detail characteristics for each data set.
Data Set Name
DSORG
RECFM
BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB
PO
BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB
LRECL
BLKSIZE
TRKS
DIRBLKS
U
0
32760
195
75
PO
FB
80
3200
10
10
BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB
PO
FB
80
3200
30
15
BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB
PO
U
0
32760
50
10
BUILDER.WB058.CLIST
PO
FB
80
3200
20
10
BUILDER.WB058.LOADLIB
PO
U
0
32760
60
40
BUILDER.WB058.MSGS
PO
FB
80
3200
15
40
BUILDER.WB058.PANELS
PO
FB
80
3200
150
300
BUILDER.WB058.SKELS
PO
FB
80
3200
5
5
After you perform step 2, the system tape unload is complete. Save the system tape as a
backup.
7
Chapter 3
System Preparation
Chapter 2 System Tape Unload described how to install VISION:Builder and its
components in disk data sets. This chapter contains information about the following
steps and preparation activities that you need to perform to get the basic system
operational.
■
Step 3 — Product Activation on page 9
■
Step 4 — Parameter Modules Modification on page 11
■
Step 5 — Install the DB2 Database Access Module, MARKSQL on page 12
■
Step 6 — Verify Basic System Installation on page 17
Some of the steps are not required for every installation site, depending on your system
model, system features, and the extent to which you use the system’s capabilities.
8
Chapter 3
System Preparation
Step 3 — Product Activation
This step must be performed
to make the VISION:Builder
system operational.
TSO CLIST
Each installation has a unique system activation key code and installation number that
are included on the letter accompanying the system tape. The code unlocks the system
and sets the model and features as designated for the installation.
There are two methods that can be used to install the system activation key code: a TSO
CLIST or a Batch Job. With either method, once the system activation key code is
successfully installed, your system is operational.
To activate the system using TSO, perform the following steps to execute the CLIST
member ABUILDER from the WORKLIB PDS:
1 While in TSO, type: EXEC 'BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB(ABUILDER)'
2 Press the Enter key to execute.
If there is a problem,
messages appear indicating
the problem and the CLIST is
terminated. Contact
Sterling Software Technical
Support if you have any
problems with the
installation of the system
activation key code. See
Contacting Sterling Software
starting on page 227 for
more information.
3 Enter your 5-character installation number. For example, type 01234 and press the
Enter key.
4 Enter your system activation key code. The code is entered without quotation
marks as one continuous string, dashes included. For example, type
1111-ABCD-3333-4E4F and press the Enter key.
5 Enter the name of the VISION:Builder load library in quotation marks. For example,
type ‘BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB’ and press the Enter key.
6 The information entered now appears for review. If the information is correct, type
Y and press the Enter key. A message appears indicating that the activation key
code was successfully applied.
If the information keyed is not correct, type N and press the Enter key. The CLIST is
terminated and you just start over again.
9
Chapter 3
System Preparation
Batch Job
To apply the system activation key code using a batch job, use the JCL member BLACTIV
in the WORKLIB PDS. You supply the installation number and the system activation code
as PARM information. The program APPLYACT is in the VISION:Builder load library and
the activation code is applied to the same load library.
Output
The output directed to the SYSPRINT DD indicates the result of the run and tells you that
the activation code has been successfully installed.
If any errors are encountered, they are listed in the SYSPRINT output. Correct the
problem and rerun the job.
Producing Banner
Page
The banner page contains information about the software, your system model number,
your system options, and the standard system parameter settings currently in the
M4PARAMS and MARKLIBP modules. The banner page information is useful during the
remainder of the installation process.
To produce the banner page, use the JCL member BLBANR in the WORKLIB PDS. You
need to supply the data set names of the VISION:Builder and COMLIB component load
libraries. Save the banner page output that is directed to the M4LIST DD for reference.
IBM Language
Environment
Beginning with Release 13.5, VISION:Builder began utilizing the IBM® Language
Environment® (LE, formerly LE/370). The LE run-time library must be available when
running VISION:Builder jobs. If the LE modules are not available at your facility, an RSM
(Restricted System Modification) is available that, when installed in the VISION:Builder
loadlib, causes VISION:Builder to bypass using any LE modules. See Step 7 — Install
Restricted System Modifications (RSMs) on page 21 for information about applying
RSMs to your system. For Release 13.8, use LE run-time library Release 2.6 or higher.
10
Chapter 3
System Preparation
Step 4 — Parameter Modules Modification
Step 4 — Parameter Modules Modification
VISION:Builder and the COMLIB component contain parameters, options, and settings
that can be tailored for each installation. The default values are contained in modules
that can be modified, assembled, and link edited as needed at any time.
If no modifications are required, skip this step. You can always perform this step at a later
time.
The four parameter modules are:
■
M4PARAMS
VISION:Builder primary parameter module
■
M4SFPARM
VISION:Builder special validation parameter module
■
M4LEPARM
VISION:Builder Language Environment Parameter Module
■
MARKLIBP
COMLIB Component parameter module
These are listed in detail in Appendix B VISION:Builder Parameter Modules starting on
page 113. The source code for the parameter modules is contained in the WORKLIB PDS.
Modifying the
Modules
If you are using IBM LE
services, you must have
access to the LE run-time
library using concatenation
to your VISION:Builder load
library or other method.
To modify the modules
1 Create a backup copy of the original source code for future reference.
2 Once you have reviewed and modified the parameter modules as needed, use the
JCL member BLASM1 in the WORKLIB PDS to assemble and link edit the
M4PARAMS, M4LEPARM, and M4SFPARM modules into the VISION:Builder load
library.
3 Use JCL member CLASM1 in the WORKLIB PDS to assemble and link edit the
MARKLIBP module into the COMLIB load library.
11
Chapter 3
System Preparation
Storing the
Modules
Step 5 — Install the DB2 Database Access Module, MARKSQL
■
You only need to run the job steps that correspond to the modules being changed.
■
For each step you choose to run, specify the WORKLIB PDS name, the source member
name, and the load library name.
The M4PARAMS, M4LEPARM, M4SFPARM, and MARKLIBP modules are independently
loaded at run time and, therefore, can be stored in load libraries that are separate from
VISION:Builder and COMLIB. If used, the separate load library needs to be concatenated
before the VISION:Builder and COMLIB load libraries. In this way, you can tailor several
different versions of these modules to satisfy varying requirements for separate user
groups.
Only customers with the DB2® Interface system option and RS2 need to perform this
step.
Using Slots to
Access DB2 Tables
The MARKSQL module contains slots used to hold the SQL statements needed to access
the tables of your DB2 databases during application processing runs. This module must
go through the DB2 application program preparation process described in IBM's
DATABASE 2™ Application Programming Guide manuals. The MARKSQL source code
module supplied in the WORKLIB PDS is assembled to generate source statements.
These source statements become the plan required by DB2 to run VISION:Builder
applications that access DB2 tables.
Controlling the
Number of
Statement Slots
The number of statement slots in the generated MARKSQL plan modules limits the
number of tables that can be accessed in an application run. In the MARKSQL module,
the parameter &MAX controls the number of statement slots generated. The number of
statements needed to access DB2 tables in an execution run varies according to which
12
Chapter 3
System Preparation
processing options are used in the application. For example, if MOSAIC processing is not
used, the number of tables that can be accessed is equal to the &MAX value. However, if
MOSAIC processing is used to access a DB2 table, three statement slots within the
MARKSQL plan module are used instead of one. This results in lowering the number of
tables available in the run. Applications using the updating facility can also cause
multiple statement slots to be used per table. The application source listing shows the
total number of statements that are prepared for use during a particular processing run,
as well as a description of each prepared statement.
The MARKSQL source module supplied in the WORKLIB PDS allows for 50 statement
slots. An application program can use up to 50 individual DB2 tables. You can change
the parameter within the MARKSQL module to allow for access to more or less than 50
tables (statement slots). To change the parameter, change the value in the following
statement that appears after the introductory comments of the MARKSQL module:
&MAX SETA 50 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SQL STATEMENTS PER APPL.
Assembling and
Preparing
MARKSQL
Once the appropriate parameter value has been set or the default value accepted, the
MARKSQL module must be assembled to generate the final source statements to be
prepared for DB2. This assembly does not generate any object code but uses the
assembler as a source code generator. The source code generated is precompiled (to
produce a DBRM), assembled (to produce an object module), and link edited (to
produce a load module).
13
Chapter 3
System Preparation
During the link edit step,
some linkage editors may
issue warning messages and
a condition code 4. These can
be ignored. For example,
message IEW2646W issued
by the Binder Linkage Editor
is a warning about RMODE
Conflicts when the IBM
Module DSNALI is included.
The module MARKSQLC is
correctly linked and the
message can be ignored.
Use the JCL member BLDB2A in the WORKLIB PDS to assemble and prepare the
MARKSQL modules. The MARKSQL module is prepared using the following attach
facilities, to correspond with the three methods for attaching to DB2:
■
CALL
■
IMS™
■
TSO
The JCL member BLDB2A uses the standard IBM procedure DSNHASMH to accomplish
the prepares and produce three separate modules named MARKSQLC, MARKSQLI, and
MARKSQLT. Also, the MEM parameter is used to specify plan names. The module names
and default plan names for each attach facility are as follows:
Module Name
Attach Facility
Plan Name
MARKSQLC
CALL
MARKDB2
MARKSQLI
IMS
MARKDLI
MARKSQLT
TSO
MARKIV
You might need to confer with your DB2 database administrator before proceeding with
this process. You only need to prepare the MARKSQL modules that correspond to the
attach facilities you will use.
When executing your application under one of the attach facilities, the plan name must
be provided to DB2.
When using CALL Attach,
supply the plan name in the Run Parameter (RP) DB2
statement within the application source code.
When using IMS Attach,
supply the plan name on the control statement input
from the specified DDITV02 DD.
14
Chapter 3
System Preparation
When using TSO Attach,
the terminal monitor program RUN control statement
contains the plan name entry.
Refer to the VISION:Builder Environment Manual for samples of the JCL needed to run
your application using the three attach facilities.
Using the BIND
Function
After the required MARKSQL modules are preprocessed, compiled, and link edited, the
application plans generated by the DB2 preprocessor must undergo an additional
process called binding.
The BIND function can be invoked using either:
■
VISION:Builder does not
require repeatable read
isolation. Specify cursor
stability isolation when
binding the plans to allow
greater concurrent access to
your DB2 tables.
DB2I (DB2 Interactive) under the TSO terminal monitor program with the appropriate
control statements
or
■
Batch JCL
Refer to the IBM DATABASE2 Application Programming Guide for your environment for
additional information on the bind process. You may need to confer with your DB2
database administrator before proceeding with the bind process. You only need to bind
the plan names for the attach facilities that you will be using.
You can choose either of the two methods to perform the BIND process for the prepared
MARKSQL modules that will be used to Attach to DB2. Figure 2 shows the panels
displayed when performing the BIND using the DB2I (DB2 Interactive) facility. Or, you can
use the JCL member BLDB2B in the WORKLIB PDS to bind the plan names in a batch job.
If at any time you make changes to the MARKSQL modules, you need to repeat the
preparation and bind process. Be aware that you must use a BIND REPLACE action, not
REBIND, when you perform a new BIND.
15
Chapter 3
System Preparation
DB2I PRIMARY OPTION MENU
COMMAND === 5
Member name MARKDB2 on
the third display is for the
CALL Attach. For the IMS
Attach, change it to
MARKDLI. For the TSO
Attach, change it to MARKIV.
Select one of the following DB2 functions and press ENTER.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D
X
SPUFI
DCLGEN
PROGRAM PREPARATION
PRECOMPILE
BIND/REBIND/FREE
RUN
DB2 COMMANDS
UTILITIES
CATALOG VISIBILITY
DB2I DEFAULTS
EXIT
PRESS:
(Process SQL statements)
(Generate SQL and source language declarations)
(Prepare a DB2 application program to run)
(Invoke DB2 precompiler)
(BIND, REBIND, or FREE plans or packages)
(RUN an SQL program)
(Issue DB2 commands)
(Invoke DB2 utilities)
(Invoke catalog dialogs)
(Set global parameters)
(Leave DB2I)
END to exit
HELP for more information
BIND/REBIND/FREE
COMMAND === 1
Select one of the following and press ENTER:
1
2
3
4
5
6
BIND PLAN
REBIND PLAN
FREE PLAN
BIND PACKAGE
REBIND PACKAGE
FREE PACKAGE
PRESS:
(Add or replace an application plan)
(Rebind existing application plan or plans)
(Erase application plan or plans)
(Add or replace a package)
(Rebind existing package or packages)
(Erase a package or packages)
ENTER to process
END to exit
BIND PLAN
COMMAND ===
Enter DBRM data set name(s):
1 MEMBER ......... === MARKDB2
2 PASSWORD ....... ===
3 LIBRARY ........ === DBRMLIB.DATA
4 ADDITIONAL DBRMS? ......... === NO
(YES to include more DBRMs)
Enter options as desired:
5 PLAN NAME .................
6 CHANGE CURRENT DEFAULTS? ..
7 ENABLE/DISABLE CONNECTIONS?
8 INCLUDE PACKAGE LIST?......
9 OWNER OF PLAN (AUTHID).....
10 QUALIFIER .................
11 CACHESIZE .................
12 ACTION ON PLAN ............
13 RETAIN EXECUTION AUTHORITY.
14 CURRENT SERVER ............
(Required to create a plan)
(NO or YES)
(NO or YES)
(NO or YES)
(Leave blank for your primaryID)
(For tables, views, and aliases)
(Blank, or value 0-4096)
(REPLACE or ADD)
(YES to retain user list)
(Location name)
PRESS:
Figure 2
ENTER to process
===
===
===
===
===
===
===
===
===
===
MARKDB2
NO
NO
NO
REPLACE
YES
END to save and exit
Using DB2I to Perform the BIND Function
16
Chapter 3
System Preparation
Teradata
Information
Step 6 — Verify Basic System Installation
Customer sites using the Teradata Database System need to prepare their MARKSQL
module as follows:
1 To install the MARKSQL module for use with Teradata databases, use the JCL
member BLDB2T in the WORKLIB PDS to assemble and prepare the MARKSQL
module. The result is the module named MARKSQLT.
2 Once the module is prepared, you can perform any Teradata tasks needed to get
the module ready for run-time use (such as binding).
This module name is the
same as the TSO Attach
module used for access to
IBM DB2 tables. You may
want to store the Teradata
version of MARKSQLT in a
separate load library,
especially if your site uses
both IBM and Teradata
databases.
3 When running your VISION:Builder application, you must provide the appropriate
DD statements needed by Teradata for profile and control information. Refer to
your Teradata manuals for the proper coding of this information.
4 The Teradata run-time library must be included in the STEPLIB, JOBLIB, or link-list
concatenation when running your applications.
5 The VISION:Builder application source code MUST NOT contain a Run Parameter
(RP) DB2 statement because this causes VISION:Builder to attempt a Call Attach
using the MARKSQLC module. The absence of an RP DB2 statement when running
a standard (non-IMS) VISION:Builder processing step, causes an Attach using the
MARKSQLT module.
At this point, the basic VISION:Builder System is installed. Chapter 4 System Setups
starting on page 20 details additional setup steps for utilizing other VISION:Builder
capabilities. The use of these other capabilities is dependent on the preferences at each
installation site.
To verify that the basic VISION:Builder system is installed and operational, a simple job
stream is run. This job stream exercises several different functions of the system.
17
Chapter 3
System Preparation
Use the JCL member BLIVP in the WORKLIB PDS to perform the installation verification
process. All that you need to supply is the JOBLIB DD data set names for the
VISION:Builder and COMLIB component load libraries. No permanent data sets are
created by this job stream.
Note that VISION:Builder utilizes the IBM Language Environment (LE, formerly LE/370).
The LE run-time library must be available when running VISION:Builder jobs. If the LE
modules are not available at your facility, an RSM (Restricted System Modification) is
available that, when installed in the VISION:Builder loadlib, causes VISION:Builder to
bypass using any LE modules. See Step 7 — Install Restricted System Modifications
(RSMs) on page 21 for information about applying RSMs to your system.
The job stream contains the following steps. Each step will complete with a condition
code zero (0000).
If you are using IBM LE
services, you must have
access to the LE run-time
library using concatenation
to your VISION:Builder load
library or other method.
INIT
A library utility run to allocate and initialize a common library (M4LIB). If
you set Item Tracking in MARKLIBP to 1 or 3, then you must add an IT
statement to the M4INPUT for this step.
DEFRUN1
A definition run that catalogs a file and a table definition in the M4LIB.
PROCRUN
A single step processing run to read an instream data file and produce
two reports. The cataloged file and table definitions are utilized from the
M4LIB. The Advanced Syntax Language (ASL) translator is invoked. Your
standard SORT program is called to sort the report data. The input file
data is processed and two reports are produced.
18
Chapter 3
System Preparation
LIBRUN
A library utility run to back up (dump), reinitialize, and restore the
contents of the M4LIB. This is a process that condenses the M4LIB.
DEFRUN2
A definition run to produce glossary listings of the file and table
definitions.
The basic installation is complete and verified.
■
You must define a new M4LIB before running VISION:Builder. Refer to the
VISION:Builder Environment Manual for OS/390 (for OS/390 users) or the
VISION:Builder Environment Manual for VSE (for VSE users) for more information
about defining a new M4LIB.
■
See Chapter 4 System Setups starting on page 20 to determine which optional setup
steps are needed for your site.
19
Chapter 4
System Setups
This chapter contains descriptions of system setups that you may need to perform,
depending on which capabilities and facilities your installation site is using or plans to
use. This chapter is divided into the following sections:
■
Step 7 — Install Restricted System Modifications (RSMs) on page 21
■
Step 8 — Install the PAL File Definitions and Requests on page 22
■
Step 9 — Static Own Code Integration Relink on page 23
■
Step 10 — Setup for Use with the TSO Command Processor on page 24
■
Step 11 — Copy VISION:Builder Message Modules to LPA on page 26
■
Installing VISION:Workbench for DOS on page 27
■
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Setup Requirements on page 28
■
Invoking VISION:Workbench for ISPF on page 38
■
Optional Setup for VISION:Workbench for ISPF on page 45
20
Chapter 4
System Setups
Step 7 — Install Restricted System Modifications (RSMs)
■
Step 12 — Quick Start Utility Setup on page 50
■
Step 13 — Merge Load Libraries on page 50
Step 7 — Install Restricted System Modifications (RSMs)
Contact Sterling Software
Technical Support if you
have any questions
regarding the use of RSMs for
your site. See Contacting
Sterling Software starting on
page 227 for more
information.
An RSM is a customization to the system that satisfies unique site requirements. If the
previous release of your VISION:Builder system had RSMs installed, you may need to
install the current release of the RSMs. This should make your system functionally
equivalent to that of your previous version. You can tell if your system has an RSM
applied by looking at the banner page. Any system modification with a value less than
200 is an RSM and a candidate for a comparable upgrade RSM.
All the RSMs for VISION:Builder, COMLIB, and VISION:Workbench for ISPF are contained
as members in the RSMLIB PDS transferred to disk from the system tape. The JCL
members BLZARK, CLZARK, and WBZARK in the WORKLIB PDS contain sample job steps
to apply and remove SMs from the various components. Refer to the ANSRZARK Utility
Manual for more information about RSMs and the use of ANSRZARK.
The RSMs’ member names start with BL, CL, and WB, indicating the applicable
component (VISION:Builder, COMLIB, and VISION:Workbench for ISPF, respectively). The
number portion of the RSM member name is sequenced from 100 through 200. The
numbers for the current component releases correspond to the same number in the
previous release. The letter following the RSM number is an operating environment
indicator. Each member name contains a suffix of XX or ZZ. The XX means the member
contains the description and the purpose of the RSM. The ZZ means the member
contains the input control statements for the ANSRZARK utility program.
21
Chapter 4
System Setups
Step 8 — Install the PAL File Definitions and Requests
Step 8 — Install the PAL File Definitions and Requests
If you will be using the Program AnaLyzer (PAL) facility, you need to perform this step.
The VISION:Builder file definitions and application requests are cataloged into a
common library (M4LIB) for use in the production of the various PAL Reports.
For proper PAL support, three file definitions (IGCPALVB, IGCPALWK, and IGCPALRS) and
a request group (IGCPAL) must be cataloged. The request group IGCPAL contains the
following request names:
IGCPALFT
IGCPALDR
IGCPAL2P
IGCPAL4
IGCPAL5P
IGCPALRS
IGCPAL1
IGCPAL3
IGCPAL4P
IGCPAL6
IGCPALEF
IGCPAL2
IGCPAL3P
IGCPAL5
IGCPAL7
To install the PAL file definitions and requests, you must initialize an M4LIB and catalog
the file definitions, the individual requests, and the request group into the M4LIB. Use
the JCL member BLPAL in the WORKLIB PDS to catalog the PAL items. The job catalogs
the items into a BDAM format M4LIB.
The INIT (initialize an M4LIB) and DEFRUN1 (definition run) steps should receive a
condition code 0, indicating successful completion. The PROCRUN (processing scan only
run) step receives a condition code 4, indicating successful completion of the scan only
run. Review the source listing to insure that no type 3 or higher error messages were
issued.
VISION:Builder uses this M4LIB data set when the PAL facility is used to produce reports.
22
Chapter 4
System Setups
Step 9 — Static Own Code Integration Relink
Step 9 — Static Own Code Integration Relink
This step is only needed if you use the Static Integration Facility for your user-written
M4OWN module. The purpose and use of this facility is described in the Environment
Manual. This step can be skipped if static own code integration is not used.
Use JCL member BLRLNK in the WORKLIB PDS to run a job that relinks the VISION:Builder
main program module and includes your user-written version of the module M4OWN.
You need to supply your M4OWN module as an object or a load module. See the JCL
comments that indicate the data sets needed for the link edit job.
Error Messages to
Ignore
During the link edit, various warning and error messages are issued. The following
messages can be safely ignored:
IEW0461
WARNING-SYMBOL PRINTED IS AN UNRESOLVED EXTERNAL REFERENCE,
NCAL WAS SPECIFIED.
IEW0161
WARNING-EXCLUSIVE CALL FROM SEGMENT NUMBER PRINTED TO SYMBOL
PRINTED - XCAL WAS SPECIFIED.
These messages cause a condition code 4, which can be safely ignored.
Also, if you comment out the DLILIB DD (or the OBJLIB DD) statement in the link edit JCL,
a condition code 8 occurs and the following message is issued and can be ignored:
If you need to restore the
original M4OWN module
delivered with the system to
turn off and remove Static
Own Code, the WORKLIB PDS
contains the original
M4OWN object code. Point
to the WORKLIB PDS on the
OBJLIB DD statement and
run the BLRLNK job.
IEW0432
ERROR-LIBRARY NAME PRINTED CANNOT BE OPENED, DD STATEMENT MAY
BE MISSING.
Link edit storage requirements vary from installation to installation. However, the
normal region size and default link edit size parameter values used at your installation
for links to a loadlib should be suitable for this link edit step. If you have a problem, you
can use a region size of 1024K and a link edit size parameter of (310K, 84K) as a guideline.
23
Chapter 4
System Setups
Step 10 — Setup for Use with the TSO Command Processor
The following sections are for sites that use the OLX, OQL, OFI, BQL, and BFI features of
VISION:Builder. If you do not use any of these facilities, proceed to Step 11 — Copy
VISION:Builder Message Modules to LPA on page 26. These features continue to be
delivered as part of the system for compatibility purposes and in support of legacy
systems still using these features of the product.
OQL and BQL
Parameter Module
Modification
The Online Executive (OLX) facility uses modules containing parameters, options, and
settings that can be tailored to each installation. The default values are contained in
modules that can be modified, assembled, and link edited as needed at any time. If no
modifications are required, you can skip this section.
The two parameter modules are:
OQLPARM
Online Query Language (OQL, OLX, OFI) parameter module
BQLPARM
Batch Query Language (BQL, BFI) parameter module
These are listed in detail in Appendix B VISION:Builder Parameter Modules starting on
page 113. The source code for the parameter modules is contained in the WORKLIB PDS.
If you are going to modify any of these modules, create a backup copy of the original
source code.
Once you have reviewed and modified the parameter modules as needed, you can use
the JCL member BLASM2 in the WORKLIB PDS to assemble and link edit new versions of
the modules into the VISION:Builder component load libraries. The JCL in member
BLASM2 has examples for the assembly and link edit of both of the parameter modules.
You only need to run the steps that correspond to the modules you change.
24
Chapter 4
System Setups
For each step you choose to run, specify the WORKLIB PDS name, the source member
name, and the load library name.
TSO Help Data Set
If your site does not utilize the OLX, OFI, or OQL facility, this section can be skipped.
The TSO help members for the OLX, OFI, or OQL facility must be made available to the
general TSO help processor during terminal sessions.
The TSO help members can be copied to a separate help data set that is concatenated
with the other data sets specified on the SYSHELP DD statement in the TSO logon
procedure. Another option is to copy the help members directly into one of the help
data sets already specified on the SYSHELP DD statement in the TSO logon procedure.
Use the JCL member BLCOPY3 in the WORKLIB PDS to copy the TSO help members to a
help data set. The BLCOPY3 job allocates a new data set and copies the help members
from the WORKLIB PDS to the new data set. If you are using an existing data set, skip the
ALLOC step in the BLCOPY3 JCL. The COPY job replaces members of the same name in
the existing data set.
OLX Command
Processors
Users of the OLX facility may want to copy some of the command processing modules
to the SYS1.LINKLIB (or concatenation thereof) so that TSO can find them. This allows
users to specify the VISION:Builder load library as an operand of the M4EXEC command.
Otherwise, the VISION:Builder load library must be part of the STEPLIB DD or allocated
as a STEPLIB for the TSO session. This specification is optional.
Use the JCL member BLCOPY4 in the WORKLIB PDS to copy some of the OLX Command
Modules to a SYS1.LINKLIB or concatenation thereof. Specify the VISION:Builder load
library and the SYS1.LINKLIB data set names. The COPY job replaces members of the
same name in the copied to data set.
25
Chapter 4
System Setups
Step 11 — Copy VISION:Builder Message Modules to LPA
Step 11 — Copy VISION:Builder Message Modules to LPA
This optional step can be done if you want to copy the VISION:Builder message modules
to your LPA libraries for shared access.
The VISION:Builder messages are contained in modules within the VISION:Builder load
library. These modules are loaded into memory (the region) as needed during the
various execution runs. The message modules are marked as reentrant and could be
placed in the LPA. They are then shared by all VISION:Builder runs, which reduces the
amount of storage used in the region for each job. The size of each message module is
4K. An index and global message module are also used in the message handling
mechanism.
Use the JCL member BLCOPY5 in the WORKLIB PDS to copy the VISION:Builder message
modules from the VISION:Builder load library to an LPA load library. Specify the
VISION:Builder load library and the LPA load library data set names. The COPY job
replaces members of the same name in the copied to data set.
26
Chapter 4
System Setups
Installing VISION:Workbench for DOS
Installing VISION:Workbench for DOS
One of the components of the VISION:Builder software system is VISION:Workbench™
for DOS. It is a PC-based application programming development tool. This component
runs on a PC workstation under DOS. It can also be run in a DOS window under Windows
3.1®, Windows 95®, Windows 98®, and Windows NT®.
This tool helps VISION:Builder users to prepare their definitions and applications. All
coding is checked for errors and inconsistencies at the PC without the need to connect
to the host. Once the application and definitions are ready, the users transfer the
VISION:Builder source statements to the host for actual submission and processing.
VISION:Workbench for DOS is delivered on compact disc. The CD should be distributed
among all VISION:Builder users. The CD is NOT copy protected, you can make unlimited
copies as needed. Contact Sterling Software Technical Support if you cannot locate the
CD in your installation package or have other problems. See Contacting
Sterling Software starting on page 227 for more information.
Information about installing and using VISION:Workbench for DOS is contained in the
VISION:Workbench for DOS User's Guide.
27
Chapter 4
System Setups
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Setup Requirements
This section contains the following sections:
Allocating
VISION:Workbench
for ISPF Run-Time
Libraries
■
Allocating VISION:Workbench for ISPF Run-Time Libraries on page 28
■
Allocation Requirements on page 29
■
Using STEPLIB and System Link Library on page 33
■
Using the LIBDEF Feature on page 33
■
More about ISPFILE Allocations on page 34
■
List Data Set and Internal Work Files on page 35
VISION:Workbench for ISPF runs as an application under IBM’s ISPF/PDF Facility, which is
an extension of TSO, and takes advantage of the many standard services available under
ISPF.
To integrate VISION:Workbench for ISPF into the ISPF environment, the
VISION:Workbench for ISPF libraries and the appropriate VISION:Builder,
VISION:Transact™, VISION:Inform™, and COMLIB component load libraries must be
made available to the ISPF facility.
The primary methods for making the VISION:Workbench for ISPF libraries known to ISPF
are as follows:
■
Add the libraries to the TSO logon procedure or the ISPF “start-up” CLIST.
■
Use the ISPF LIBDEF service to dynamically modify your ISPF library concatenations.
Check with the systems group at your facility to confirm which method you should use
to get the VISION:Workbench for ISPF libraries allocated for ISPF sessions.
28
Chapter 4
System Setups
To allocate the necessary VISION:Workbench for ISPF libraries
1 Determine how your existing ISPF libraries are being allocated.
2 Concatenate them to the existing ISPF library allocations.
3 Allocate the VISION:Workbench for ISPF libraries in the front of each concatenation
sequence.
Allocation
Requirements
Note that the
VISION:Workbench for ISPF
CLIST library was delivered
on the installation tape as a
fixed blocked data set with a
record length of 80 and a
block size of 3200. If your
installation prefers a variable
blocked format, you may
want to copy the contents of
this library over to a different
CLIST library of the proper
format for your site.
The following list shows the required ISPF ddnames and the VISION:Workbench for ISPF
data sets that should be associated with them. All VISION:Workbench for ISPF data set
names displayed are the suggested names shown earlier in this document. Change
these names to reflect those names actually used during your installation process.
ddname:
SYSPROC
Data set name:
BUILDER.WB058.CLIST
ddname:
ISPLLIB
Data set names:
BUILDER.WB058.LOADLIB (all sites)
BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB (all sites)
BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB (VISION:Builder sites)
TRANSACT.TR075.GENLIB (VISION:Transact sites)
INFORM31.LOADLIB (VISION:Inform sites)
ISPLLIB functions as a task library. It is searched before the STEPLIB allocations, system
link libraries, or the system link pack area.
29
Chapter 4
System Setups
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Release 5.8 requires the specific releases of the associated
software products and components, as shown in the following table.
Software Product
Release Number
VISION:Builder
Release 13.8
VISION:Transact
Release 7.5
VISION:Inform
Release 3.1
COMLIB
Release 4.5
Additionally, with VISION:Builder Release 13.8 and VISION:Transact Release 7.5, the IBM
Language Environment (LE, formerly LE/370) is utilized. The LE run-time library must be
available when running the validation function of VISION:Workbench for ISPF. If the LE
modules are not available at your facility, RSMs (Restricted System Modifications) are
available that, when installed in the VISION:Builder and VISION:Transact loadlibs, causes
VISION:Builder and VISION:Transact to bypass using any LE modules.
Panel Library
ddname:
ISPPLIB
Data set name:
BUILDER.WB058.PANELS
If you have chosen to preprocess your VISION:Workbench for ISPF panel library,
concatenate the preprocessed panel library, rather than the panel source library, to this
ddname. Preprocessing the panel library is an optional installation step discussed in
Optional Setup for VISION:Workbench for ISPF on page 45 of this document.
30
Chapter 4
System Setups
Locate Text
ddname:
ISPMLIB
Data set name:
BUILDER.WB058.MSGS
This ddname is used by ISPF to locate the text of all messages issued by ISPF applications
like VISION:Workbench for ISPF.
Locate Skeletons
ddname:
ISPSLIB
Data set name:
BUILDER.WB058.SKELS
The ISPSLIB ddname is used to specify the location of ISPF file tailoring skeletons used
by VISION:Workbench for ISPF.
Generate Facility
ddname:
ISPFILE
Data set name:
This data set name should reference a file tailoring output library.
Sites that use the VISION:Workbench for ISPF “Generate” facility must preallocate this
file.
31
Chapter 4
System Setups
IMPORT Option
The IMPORT option of VISION:Workbench for ISPF requires a data set to save information
entered during the IMPORT function dialogs. The entered information is then available
from session to session. The data set should be preallocated and cataloged. The data set
characteristics are as follows:
■
DSORG
PO
■
RECFM
FB
■
LRECL
80
■
BLKSIZE
multiple of 80
■
SPACE
(TRK,(5,2,2))
Start-up CLIST
Once the data set has been defined, you need to add the data set to the ISPF start-up
CLIST allocations. The free and allocation entries for the ddname DEFTLIB should be
coded as follows:
■
FREE
F(DEFTLIB)
■
ALLOC
F(DEFTLIB) DA(‘user.defined.name’) SHR
32
Chapter 4
System Setups
To allow for automatic dynamic allocation and cataloging of the data set for each unique
user, you could insert the following sample CLIST statements into the startup ISPF CLIST:
FREE
F(DEFTLIB)
IF &SYSDSN('BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID..TLIB') = OK THEN +
ALLOC F(DEFTLIB) DA('BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID..TLIB') SHR
ELSE +
ALLOC F(DEFTLIB) DA('BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID..TLIB') +
NEW CATALOG UNIT(SYSDA) SPACE(5,2) DIR(2) +
DSORG(PO) RECFM(F B) LRECL(80) BLKSIZE(3120)
The &SYSUID element entry is replaced by the current user ID when the startup CLIST is
activated.
Appendix C Sample ISPF Startup CLIST starting on page 192 contains a sample ISPF
start-up CLIST that shows how the VISION:Workbench for ISPF library allocations can be
accomplished.
Using STEPLIB and
System Link
Library
Rather than allocating them to ISPLLIB, you can make your VISION:Workbench for ISPF
load library and related load libraries available to ISPF using a STEPLIB allocation or
system link library allocations. Alternatively, because VISION:Workbench for ISPF is
reentrant, you can place its load modules in the system link pack area. VISION:Builder,
VISION:Transact, and COMLIB are not reentrant and should not be run from the system
link pack area.
Using the LIBDEF
Feature
This feature allows you to dynamically modify your ISPF library concatenations based on
the ISPF application you are running.
Use the LIBDEF service to allocate your VISION:Workbench for ISPF CLIST, panel,
message, and skeleton libraries.
33
Chapter 4
System Setups
Do not use this feature to allocate load libraries or the file tailoring output data set for
VISION:Builder application generation. VISION:Workbench for ISPF relies on
OS/390 (MVS) services to find load modules and to obtain the data set name for file
tailoring output. OS/390 (MVS) services do not recognize allocations done using the
ISPF LIBDEF service. VISION:Workbench for ISPF does not function properly if LIBDEF is
used for ISPLLIB or ISPFILE allocations.
For more information on the LIBDEF service, refer to IBM's ISPF Dialogue Management
Guide and Reference manual.
More about
ISPFILE Allocations
The ISPFILE allocation is only applicable to VISION:Builder customers using
VISION:Workbench for ISPF. If used, the ISPFILE allocation must not specify a
concatenated sequence of data sets.
During the VISION:Workbench for ISPF VISION:Builder job submission process, if you
specify the “keep” or “keep/submit” processing option, the generated JCL or CLIST is
written to the data set allocated to ISPFILE. This data set is often referred to as the file
tailoring output data set.
As mentioned earlier, VISION:Builder users must preallocate this file if they will be using
the generate facility. This preallocation must not be done using the ISPF LIBDEF service
(see Using the LIBDEF Feature on page 33).
VISION:Transact sites do not need to preallocate ISPFILE. VISION:Workbench for ISPF
dynamically allocates the file tailoring output data set as required and uses its own
ddname (M9FTOUT) for this purpose. VISION:Workbench for ISPF does not deallocate
any existing ISPFILE assignments.
34
Chapter 4
System Setups
The file tailoring output data set must be a partitioned data set. Create this data set with
the following recommended characteristics:
■
DSORG:
PO
■
RECFM:
FB
■
LRECL:
80
■
BLKSIZE:
any multiple of 80
Normally, each user wants to have a personal file tailoring output data set. This can be
accomplished by using the user ID as one of the qualifiers when allocating the data set
name. For example, the data set name could be BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID.FTOUTPUT.
Appendix C Sample ISPF Startup CLIST starting on page 192 contains an example to
show how a file tailoring output data set can be allocated in your ISPF start-up CLIST. For
more information about allocating your file tailoring output data set, refer to IBM's ISPF
Dialogue Management Guide and Reference manual.
List Data Set and
Internal Work Files
The List Data Set
VISION:Workbench for ISPF uses a list data set that works similarly to the ISPF list data
set.
You can preallocate this data set prior to invoking your VISION:Workbench for ISPF
session, but preallocation is not required. If this data set has not been preallocated, it will
dynamically allocate with a disposition of new when the data set is needed.
If this data set is preallocated, it must have the following characteristics:
■
DDNAME:
M9LIST
35
Chapter 4
System Setups
■
DSORG:
PS or SYSOUT
■
RECFM:
FBA
■
LRECL:
133
■
BLKSIZE:
any multiple of 133
The list data set corresponds to the ISPF list data set in purpose and function. It is used
to hold any output that you request while in VISION:Workbench for ISPF. For example, if
you use the utilities to perform a source statement retrieval and you request a hard copy
of the source, the source listing is written to this data set.
If you preallocate this data set, no termination processing is attempted at the end of the
VISION:Workbench for ISPF session.
If VISION:Workbench for ISPF allocates this data set, a Process List Data Set panel
appears during termination processing. This panel functions in the same manner as the
ISPF Process List Data Set panel.
You can set up default processing parameters for this data set using the
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Parameters selection.
If the list data set is dynamically allocated by VISION:Workbench for ISPF, the naming
convention used is &SYSPREF.(&SYSUID.).M9TEMPn.LIST. The &SYSUID qualifier is only
used if it differs from the &SYSPREF system prefix.
Internal Work Files
A VISION:Workbench for ISPF session can use up to five internal work files. These data
sets are allocated as needed to the following ddnames:
■
M9LST1
■
M9LST2
■
M9LST3
■
M9LST4
■
M5LIST
36
Chapter 4
System Setups
M9LST3 and M9LST4 are only required when a 3290 terminal is in use. M5LIST is only
used by the VISION:Transact development facility.
These data sets are allocated and deleted as necessary and cannot be preallocated.
You can control some of the dynamic allocation parameters used by VISION:Workbench
for ISPF when allocating these data sets by modifying the following two panels in your
panel library:
■
M9DATPMI - This panel allows you to customize some of the allocation parameters
used to allocate the M9LSTn data sets.
■
M9DATPMV - This panel allows you to customize some of the allocation parameters
used to allocate the M5LIST data set.
These panels allow you to specify unit and space allocations for the internal work files.
Just prior to dynamically allocating any of these data sets, VISION:Workbench for ISPF
retrieves and uses the allocation information from the appropriate panel variables.
Remember that the units specified on these panels must be known to TSO and must be
eligible to contain permanent data sets.
The naming convention used by VISION:Workbench for ISPF is as follows
Data Set
Naming Convention
M9LSTn
&SYSPREF.(&SYSUID.).M9TEMPn.LSTn
M5LIST
&SYSPREF.(&SYSUID.).M9TEMPn.M5LIST
In both cases, only use the &SYSUID qualifier if it differs from the &SYSPREF system
prefix.
37
Chapter 4
System Setups
Invoking VISION:Workbench for ISPF
VISION:Workbench for ISPF is designed to support VISION:Builder, VISION:Transact, and
VISION:Inform, along with the shared COMLIB component. Although these three
products and the shared component have a commonality of elements and
specifications, there are also separate elements that are unique to each product.
VISION:Workbench for ISPF has a common entry point that provides for the selection of
a subsection appropriate for each specific product. Full functionality of each subsection
of VISION:Workbench for ISPF is dependent upon the presence of the separate product
software. At least one product, along with the COMLIB component, must be available for
VISION:Workbench for ISPF to function.
VISION:Workbench for ISPF runs under IBM’s ISPF/PDF facility, which you start in one of
the following ways:
■
By executing an ISPF “start-up” CLIST once you are logged on to TSO.
■
From the TSO logon procedure.
In either case, the appropriate ISPF data sets are allocated and a menu panel appears for
the user to make a selection and activate the wanted services or dialogs.
Use one of the following methods for invoking ISPF dialog applications:
■
Adding an Option to a Standard ISPF Primary Menu on page 39. You can add a
selection option to the standard ISPF primary menu panel used at your facility. Users
can then select the designated option to invoke VISION:Workbench for ISPF. When
invoked, a VISION:Workbench for ISPF entry menu appears and the user selects the
appropriate option for entry to the wanted subsection application (VISION:Builder,
VISION:Transact, and so on).
38
Chapter 4
System Setups
■
Using the ISPSTART Command on page 42. You can create a CLIST that allocates the
appropriate ISPF data sets and uses the ISPSTART command to directly invoke
VISION:Workbench for ISPF. This allows users to invoke VISION:Workbench for ISPF
without going through the standard ISPF primary menu. The standard IBM ISPF
options would not be available for selection by the user when this method is used.
There are variations of these basic methods that can be used to accomplish the same
results. Your IS staff knows which method works best for your facility. Whichever method
is used, the proper ISPF environment and appropriate ISPF data sets, along with the
VISION:Workbench for ISPF and associated product data sets, must be established and
allocated for everything to function properly.
Adding an Option
to a Standard ISPF
Primary Menu
In Appendix D Invocation Panels starting on page 195, the XSR@PRIM panel shows a
sample of an ISPF primary menu panel specification. The arrows in the figure point to
the specifications that can be added tocause VISION:Workbench for ISPF to be invoked.
You only need to add the specifications that are appropriate for your facility.
To add a selection option to the standard ISPF primary menu panel
1 Add an assignment to the INIT section of the panel, as shown in the following
statement:
&M9PRODCT = ‘Workbench’
This assignment sets an internal variable in VISION:Workbench for ISPF that is used
in some of the panel displays.
2 To invoke the VISION:Workbench for ISPF Primary Selection Menu, add the WB
specification to your primary menu. The specification adds an option code (WB) to
the panel display (top portion) and an action (PROC) to be taken when the option
is selected.
39
Chapter 4
System Setups
3 The system displays the following line:
%
WB
+WORKBENCH
-%VISION:Workbench Facility - Release 5.8
The % specifies to highlight the following text and the + specifies to use normal
intensity for the following text. These are standard ISPF attribute indicators. The
remaining text and characters are display-only and therefore can be almost
anything you choose.
4 The following line causes ISPF to display the panel M9PRIM when the option WB is
entered on the ISPF primary menu option line:
WB,’PANEL(M9PRIM)’
/* Invokes VISION:Workbench Selection Menu */
The line must be keyed in uppercase. The /* ....*/ is just a comment and can be
ignored or used as a reference.
The ISPF WB action causes the M9PRIM panel to appear and a transfer control to
the actions specified on that panel from subsequent user interaction.
•
• The M9PRIM panel is the primary selection menu for VISION:Workbench for ISPF.
M9PRIM on page 196 shows the M9PRIM panel specifications.
5 From the VISION:Workbench for ISPF primary selection menu, enter the
appropriate option to invoke the wanted subsection.
You can choose to bypass the VISION:Workbench for ISPF primary selection menu
and go directly to the desired subsection by adding some or all of the remaining
specifications shown by the arrows in XSR@PRIM on page 195.
6 The system displays the following lines:
% BL
% TR
% IN
+Builder
-%VISION:Builder 13.8 Workbench
+Transact -%VISION:Transact 7.5 Workbench
+Inform
-%VISION:Inform 3.1 Workbench
40
Chapter 4
System Setups
The % specifies to highlight the following text and the + specifies to use normal
intensity for the following text. These are standard ISPF attribute indicators. The
remaining text and characters are display-only and therefore can be almost
anything you choose. The purpose is to instruct the user to use the BL, TR, and IN
characters as an option on the option line and cause the action specified in the
PROC section of the panel coding.
7 The following PROC section lines cause ISPF to transfer control to the program
M9BOOT when the option BL, TR, or IN is entered on the ISPF primary menu option
line:
BL,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(BDM4) NOCHECK’
TR,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(ODM5) NOCHECK’
IN,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(PMM4) NOCHECK’
The line must be keyed in uppercase. The PARM values are passed to the M9BOOT
program and causes the appropriate subsection selection menu to appear.
8 You need to add one final specification to the PROC section of the panel, as shown
in the following statement:
&GVNXTSEL = .TRAIL
This assignment sets an internal variable in VISION:Workbench for ISPF such that
any trailing command options are available for processing.
Only use the options and actions for the products that are appropriate for your facility.
If you do not have all the companion product software, see Using Other
VISION:Workbench for ISPF Subsections on page 43. There is information on how to use
the other portions of VISION:Workbench for ISPF without actually having the
companion product software.
41
Chapter 4
System Setups
The above specifications for panels are standard coding as provided by IBM for their
ISPF/PDF environment. Check with your systems people if you are not sure what is the
best method for your facility.
Using the
ISPSTART
Command
VISION:Workbench for ISPF can be directly invoked from TSO using the ISPSTART
command. You can write a CLIST that allocates all the ISPF data sets, along with the
VISION:Workbench for ISPF data sets, and then executes the ISPSTART command to
invoke VISION:Workbench for ISPF directly. The CLIST is almost identical to the standard
ISPF start-up CLIST. Use this method to bypass the standard ISPF primary menu. The
options normally available to ISPF from the primary menu could not be accessed.
Appendix C Sample ISPF Startup CLIST starting on page 192 shows a sample ISPF start-up
CLIST. The ISPSTART command appears at the end of the CLIST and can be changed to
invoke the VISION:Workbench for ISPF selection menu (M9PRIM) or the entry program
(M9BOOT) directly.
To invoke VISION:Workbench for ISPF using the ISPSTART command
1 Invoke the VISION:Workbench for ISPF selection menu using the following
statement:
ISPSTART PANEL(M9PRIM)
42
Chapter 4
System Setups
2 Invoke a VISION:Workbench for ISPF subsection menu using the following
statement:
Only one subsection can be
started per TSO session.
ISPSTART PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(xxxx)
where:
xxxx
identifies the product subsection, as follows:
■
BDM4 - VISION:Builder 13.8 Workbench
■
ODM5 - VISION:Transact 7.5 Workbench
■
PMM4 - VISION:Inform 3.1 Workbench
These specifications for CLISTs are standard coding as provided by IBM for their TSO
environment. Check with your systems people if you are not sure what is the best
method for your facility.
Using Other
VISION:Workbench
for ISPF
Subsections
VISION:Workbench for ISPF is designed to be fully-functional when the companion
product software is also installed and available to ISPF. However, VISION:Workbench for
ISPF can also be used when the companion product software is not installed. One of the
software products must be available so that, as a minimum, the COMLIB component is
present and available to VISION:Workbench for ISPF.
If your facility already has all the companion product software, VISION:Builder,
VISION:Transact, VISION:Inform, or if you are not interested in exploring the other
portions of VISION:Workbench for ISPF, then you can skip this section.
When the associated software product is not available, application validation does not
function, but the data entry edits are still active. This gives users a chance to explore the
other portions of VISION:Workbench for ISPF.
Change the PARM(xxxx) in the following locations when the associated product
software is not installed and available:
43
Chapter 4
System Setups
■
Panel M9PRIM (described in Appendix D Invocation Panels starting on page 195)
■
The tailored ISPF primary menu panel
■
The ISPSTART command specifications
The following table shows the before and after changes for the PARM entry.
Before
After
Comment
PARM(BDM4)
PARM(BD
)
replace the M4 with two blank spaces to indicate that
VISION:Builder is not available
PARM(ODM5)
PARM(OD
)
VISION:Transact is not available
PARM(PMM4)
PARM(PM
)
VISION:Inform is notavailable
After you have made these changes, pefrom tghe following steps to ensure that a
product parameters module is available to make the other portions of
VISION:Workbench for ISPF function:
■
Use the two default parameter modules in the VISION:Workbench for ISPF load
library (BUILDER.WB058.LOADLIB).
■
Rename these modules, depending on which other portion you want to be
functional.
•
For VISION:Builder and VISION:Inform,
rename the M4PRMMOD to M4PARAMS.
•
For VISION:Transact, rename
the M5PRMMOD to FIVEPARM.
44
Chapter 4
System Setups
Optional Setup for VISION:Workbench for ISPF
Once the appropriate specifications have been adjusted, VISION:Workbench for ISPF will
function in the subsections even if the companion software product is not installed.
Remember, the application validation will not function, but the data entry edits are still
active.
Preprocessing
Your Panel Library
ISPF offers a panel preprocessing utility called ISPPREP. This utility can be used to
convert your VISION:Workbench for ISPF panels into an encoded format that
significantly improves panel display performance while using VISION:Workbench
for ISPF. A preprocessed panel library also takes up to 20% less space than an
unprocessed panel library.
Once a panel has been preprocessed and is in an encoded display format, it cannot be
modified. To change a preprocessed panel, you must modify the original panel source
member and rerun ISPPREP for that panel.
Not all panels can be preprocessed. There are restrictions that prevent ISPPREP from
successfully converting certain panels. The following VISION:Workbench for ISPF panels
are bypassed automatically when ISPPREP is run:
■
M9HCAPBR
■
M9HCAPDA
■
M9HCAPED
■
M9HCAPPF
■
M9HCAPSF
■
M9HCAPSS
■
M9SVAPBR
■
M9SVAPPM
■
M9TBAPTB
■
M9TBAPTP
To preprocess your VISION:Workbench for ISPF panels
▼ Allocate a second panel library to hold the preprocessed panels. Leave your original
panel source library unchanged.
45
Chapter 4
System Setups
If you do not want
to preprocess your panel
library, skip to Customizing
Job Submission Skeletons on
page 48.
To preprocess your panel library
1 Allocate an ISPF log data set
Ensure that you have an ISPF log data set allocated. The preprocess utility writes
information messages to this data set.
2 Allocate a new panel library
Allocated this panel library with the same characteristics as your VISION:Workbench
for ISPF panel source library. The space allocation can be reduced to 80 primary
tracks. The directory blocks can be reduced to 70 tracks unless you set the Save
Statistics option to Yes on the ISPPREP panel, in which case you must increase the
directory blocks to 225.
3 Run the preprocess utility
• Go into ISPF and select the Command option (option 6) from the primary menu.
• Enter the command ISPPREP on the TSO command line. A preprocess utility
•
panel appears.
In this panel, specify the source (unprocessed) data set and the target data set
where the processed panels will be stored. Type in the appropriate information
to convert all panels and press Enter.
The time required to complete the panel conversion process varies from
installation to installation. At the Sterling Software installation, ISPPREP takes
about 8 minutes to complete. Informational messages appear during this time to
tell you how many panels have been processed.
Do not worry about the panels that cannot be preprocessed at this time. The
ISPPREP utility will recognize that these panels cannot be encoded and will
automatically skip them.
46
Chapter 4
System Setups
• When this process is finished, view or print your ISPF log. You can view the log
using ISPF option 7.5—Dialog Test, Log option. The log contains informational
messages from the conversion process that pertain to the panels that could not
be converted.
4 Copy the following unprocessed panels:
■
M9HCAPBR
■
M9HCAPDA
■
M9HCAPED
■
M9HCAPPF
■
M9HCAPSF
■
M9HCAPSS
■
M9SVAPBR
■
M9SVAPPM
■
M9TBAPTB
■
M9TBAPTP
After the conversion process is complete, use the ISPF Copy utility (option 3.3) to
copy the unprocessed panels listed above from your VISION:Workbench for ISPF
panel source library to your new preprocessed panel library.
5 Allocate the new library to ISPPLIB
The preprocessed panel library now contains all of your VISION:Workbench for ISPF
panels. Allocate this library to the ISPF ddname ISPPLIB so that ISPF uses the
encoded VISION:Workbench for ISPF panels rather than the source versions. You
can remove your VISION:Workbench for ISPF panel source library from the ISPPLIB
concatenation.
6 Modify Panels After Preprocessing
If you change a VISION:Workbench for ISPF panel, you must edit it in its source
format. Once the modification is complete, replace it in the preprocessed panel
library by running the panel through the ISPPREP utility.
47
Chapter 4
System Setups
Customizing Job
Submission
Skeletons
There are four default file tailoring skeletons, accompanied by four default user panels
(see Appendix E Skeleton and User Panel Listings starting on page 198 for more
information). These are used by the VISION:Workbench for ISPF “generate” subsystems
for VISION:Builder and VISION:Transact. These skeletons and panels are as follows:
Panel M9BGUPNL and
Skeleton M9BGTS
This panel/skeleton combination is used to submit
VISION:Builder background jobs.
Panel M9FGUPNL and
Skeleton M9FGTS
This panel/skeleton combination is used to execute
VISION:Builder foreground jobs.
Panel M9GCTPU2 and
Skeleton M9GCTSBG
This panel/skeleton combination is used to submit
VISION:Transact background jobs.
Panel M9GCTPU1 and
Skeleton M9GCTSFG
This panel/skeleton combination is used to execute
VISION:Transact foreground jobs.
To customize job submission skeletons
1 As a safety measure, create a backup before you begin to modify any of the panels
or skeletons.
2 Before you actually start customizing your VISION:Workbench for ISPF file tailoring
skeletons, run a few job submission tests using the default versions of the skeletons
and user panels. When making these test runs, specify a processing option of
“Keep” on the file tailoring option panel. This causes your submission JCL or CLIST
to be written to the file tailoring output data set, but the job does not execute.
48
Chapter 4
System Setups
3 Review the generated JCL and CLISTs to:
• become better acquainted with how the file tailoring skeletons work.
• see exactly where you need to make changes to conform to your installation
standards.
4 If you are currently using VISION:Workbench for ISPF job submission skeletons from
a previous release, you can continue to use them with this release. You may have to
change data set names to reflect the new release library names, but no other
modifications should be necessary.
If you do not have working skeletons from a previous VISION:Workbench for ISPF
release, use the skeletons in this release as a starting point and modify them so that
they work properly for your site.
5 The sample file tailoring skeletons distributed with the system refer to variables
from the corresponding sample user panels. To use a sample skeleton, you must
specify during job generation which sample user panel should appear. Once it
appears, you should complete all the entries.
The use of user panels is not mandatory. This feature makes the system more
flexible, but if you would rather bypass the user panel, you can. Instead, just hard
code the user panel information in your job submission skeletons.
For more information about file tailoring and file tailoring skeletons, refer to IBM's ISPF
Dialogue Management Guide and Reference manual.
LMF SUPPORT
If your installation uses the Library Management Facility (LMF), a VISION:Workbench
for ISPF restricted system modification (RSM) is available that places an LMF lock on any
members being edited from an LMF-controlled library. The RSMs are in the RSMLIB PDS
created by Step 2. For more information, contact Sterling Software Technical Support.
See Contacting Sterling Software starting on page 227 for more information.
49
Chapter 4
System Setups
Step 12 — Quick Start Utility Setup
Step 12 — Quick Start Utility Setup
Refer to the VISION:Builder
Getting Started manual for
information about quick
start utilities.
The VISION:Builder System contains four utilities to quick start the user in developing file
definitions. These utilities convert existing COBOL, DB2, VISION:Inquiry, and
VISION:Results table and file definitions into a VISION:Builder file definition that is then
tailored for use. The utility programs are delivered on the COMLIB load library unloaded
from the system tape. The WORKLIB PDS (unloaded from the system tape in Step 1)
contains JCL to help in the setup and execution of these utilities. The JCL members are:
CLCOBQS, CLDB2QS, CLINQQS, and CLRESQS.
If you plan to use the DB2 quick start utility, you must BIND the utility. Use the JCL
member CLQSBND in the WORKLIB PDS to perform the BIND as a batch job. The DB2
quick start utility has already been preprocessed and prepared. The DBRM is delivered
in the WORKLIB PDS. Once the BIND is completed, the utility is ready for use.
The COBOL, VISION:Inquiry, and VISION:Results quick start utilities do not require any
setup, but you can link edit interfaces with the utility for access to source code
management libraries such as CA-Panvalet and CA-Librarian. Sample JCL is provided in
the WORKLIB PDS.
Step 13 — Merge Load Libraries
You can remove any of the
COPY control statements for
a load library you do not
want to be merged.
As an optional choice, you can merge the VISION:Builder component load libraries into
a single load library.
When running VISION:Builder jobs, you always need the components of both the
VISION:Builder and COMLIB load libraries available as a STEPLIB or JOBLIB, or in the link
list. When using VISION:Workbench for ISPF, you need VISION:Workbench for ISPF,
VISION:Builder and COMLIB load libraries available as a STEPLIB or JOBLIB, or in the link
list.
50
Chapter 4
System Setups
Step 13 — Merge Load Libraries
You can use the JCL member BLMRGLB in the WORKLIB PDS to run a job that merges the
component load libraries into a single load library.
51
Chapter 5
System Support and Maintenance
During the life of the VISION:Builder software system release, System Modifications
(SMs) are developed to enhance, maintain, and customize the product and components.
Any problems that arise are fixed by SMs. General System Modifications (GSMs) are
maintenance modifications and are numbered in sequence as they are developed for
each release, beginning with 200. Restricted System Modifications (RSMs) are
customizations to the product and do not apply to all sites. The user should always
review the RSM description carefully before applying them to a system.
Applying System Modifications
All system modifications (SMs) are applied to the system and components by using the
ANSRZARK utility. Refer to the ANSRZARK Utility Manual for details on using the utility.
52
Chapter 5
Problem Reporting and Processing
The members BLZARK, CLZARK, and WBZARK in the WORKLIB PDS created by Step 1 of
the installation contain JCL examples for running the ANSRZARK utility for each of the
system components. Contact Sterling Software Technical Support if you have any
questions regarding ANSRZARK and SMs. See Contacting Sterling Software starting on
page 227 for more information.
There are several methods for obtaining the latest set of SMs to bring your system
up-to-date. Contact Sterling Software Technical Support for more information.
When a problem is encountered, contact Sterling Software Technical Support to have a
representative review your situation. You must provide details to the representative
concerning what actions were being performed at the time the problem occurred. Any
information on recreating the problem is very useful. Capture any messages or
information displayed and communicate these messages to the support representative.
VISION:Builder and
COMLIB Problem
Reporting
For VISION:Builder and COMLIB problems, a Diagnostic Information Page may appear as
part of the termination handling and message MK4S701 starts the display. Save the
information on this display to send to your Sterling Software Technical Support
Representative. In some cases, a complete SYSUDUMP taken at the time the problem
occurred may be needed to help determine the reason for the error.
VISION:Workbench
for DOS Problem
Reporting
For VISION:Workbench for DOS problems, use the screen print feature to capture any
messages displayed on the screen. In some cases, a copy on diskette of the application
and/or the definitions being used at the time of the error may be needed to help
determine the reason for the error.
53
Chapter 5
VISION:Workbench
for ISPF Problem
Reporting
For VISION:Workbench for ISPF problems, gather as much of the following information
as possible:
■
The objective of your session.
■
The name, identification, or description of the last valid panel you saw before the
problem.
■
Any error messages that were displayed.
■
Information from the unexpected error display, if applicable.
■
Any other information you feel would be useful in recreating the situation.
Panel Identification
The upper-left corner of every VISION:Workbench for ISPF data entry panel contains a
panel identification name. This name is used to reference the panels in
VISION:Workbench for ISPF documentation. This identification name is not the name of
the panel member in your panel library.
To view the actual member name of a panel, type PANELID on the ISPF command line.
To turn this feature off and return to the panel identification name, type PANELID. The
PANELID command toggles between on and off.
Unexpected Error Panel
If VISION:Workbench for ISPF abnormally terminates or detects a serious internal error,
it displays an Unexpected Error panel. This panel contains information that is always
useful when trying to track down the cause of the problem.
54
Chapter 5
If you encounter this screen, obtain a screen print of the display before continuing. If you
cannot obtain a screen print, record the following information:
■
Error messages on the display.
■
PSW value.
■
The contents of registers 12, 14, and 15.
Use the Help Primary Command to display any message that might be pending.
User Code
The extensive error checking and data validation techniques built into the
VISION:Builder system and components ensure processing integrity. However, these
systems have no capacity for determining the integrity of user code incorporated into
the application through the facilities of GDBI, GSI, or own-code. Consequently, an error
in user code could cause system failure.
Determining the true cause of errors within user code is not easy, can be time
consuming, and can significantly increase the cost of maintaining these systems. As a
courtesy, Sterling Software works with the customer to help discover where the
problem might exist in the user code. Once the nature of the problem in the user code
has been determined, it is up to the customer to make the corrections.
In some cases, if it becomes apparent that the amount of effort needed from
Sterling Software to resolve the user code problem will place an unreasonable burden
on resources, written authorization may be needed to charge the customer at
Sterling Software time and materials rates for the expense involved in analyzing the
problem. This is handled on a case-by-case basis.
55
Appendix A
JCL
This appendix contains an alphabetical list of all the JCL members referenced in the
installation procedures, with the complete detail of each member.
BLACTIV
This member installs the VISION:Builder product activation key code.
BLASM1
This member assembles and links the VISION:Builder system and
component parameter modules M4PARAMS, M4SFPARM, and
M4LEPARM.
BLASM2
This member assembles and links the VISION:Builder system and
component parameter modules OQLPARM and BQLPARM.
BLBANR
This member stream executes a null definition run to produce the
VISION:Builder sign-on banner page.
BLCOPY1
This member copies file 1 from the VISION:Builder system tape to disk.
56
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY2
This member is used to transfer files 2-9 from the VISION:Builder system
tape to disk data sets.
BLCOPY3
This member copies the online executive (OLX, OFI, OQL) TSO help
members to a TSO online help data set.
BLCOPY4
This member copies some online executive (OLX, OFI, OQL) command
processing modules to the SYS1.LINKLIB.
BLCOPY5
This member copies the Builder Messages modules to a LOADLIB that is
used to load modules into the system LPA.
BLDB2A
This member assembles, prepares, and links the MARKSQL module three
times for use when attaching to DB2 during application runs.
BLDB2B
This member does the DB2 binds for the three MARKSQL modules that
are used for attaching to DB2 during application runs.
BLDB2T
This member assembles, prepares, and links the MARKSQL module for use
with Teradata databases through the standard DB2 facility of
VISION:Builder.
BLIVP
This member is used to demonstrate to the installer that the
VISION:Builder installation was successful.
BLMRGLB
This member allocates a load library and copies all the individual
VISION:Builder system component load libraries into a single
VISION:Builder system load library.
BLOVRLK
This member links editor control statements for VISION:Builder relink.
57
Appendix A
JCL
BLPAL
This member allocates an M4LIB and catalogs the program analyzer (PAL)
file definitions and application requests.
BLRLNK
This member relinks the VISION:Builder load library module named
MARKIV. This module uses the overlay facility.
BLZARK
This JCL shows sample jobs to apply or remove system modifications from
your VISION:Builder system loadlib.
CLASM1
This member assembles and links the COMLIB component parameter
module MARKLIBP.
CLCOBLL
This member link edits CA-Librarian interface modules with Cobol Quick
Start.
CLCOBPL
This member link edits CA-Panvalet interface modules with Cobol Quick
Start.
CLCOBQS
This member executes the Cobol Quick Start utility.
CLDB2QS
This member executes the DB2 Quick Start utility.
CLINQQS
This member is a utility to convert VISION:Inquiry® file definitions into
VISION:Builder or VISION:Inform format file definitions.
CLQSBND
This member binds the DB2 plan for the DB2 Quick Start utility.
CLRESLL
This member links CA-Librarian interface modules with VISION:Results™
Quick Start.
CLRESPL
This member links CA-Panvalet interface modules with VISION:Results
Quick Start.
58
Appendix A
JCL
CLRESQS
This member executes the VISION:Results Quick Start utility.
CLZARK
This JCL shows the sample jobs to apply or remove system modifications
from your COMLIB LOADLIB.
WBZARK
This JCL shows the sample jobs to apply or remove system modifications
from VISION:Workbench for ISPF.
BLACTIV
//* MEMBER BLACTIV
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB INSTALLS THE VISION:BUILDER PRODUCT ACTIVATION KEY CODE
00030000
//**********************************************************************00040000
//*
00050000
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THIS JOB, SPECIFY:
00060000
//*
00070000
//* YOUR INSTALLATION NUMBER IDENTIFICATION - (IIIII)
00080000
//* YOUR PRODUCT ACTIVATION KEY CODE
- (AAAA-BBBB-CCCC-DDDD)
00090001
//* YOUR BUILDER RELEASE 13.8 LOADLIB - (BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB)
00100003
//*
00110000
//ACTIVA EXEC PGM=APPLYACT,REGION=1024K,
00120000
//
PARM=’IIIII AAAA-BBBB-CCCC-DDDD’
00130000
//STEPLIB
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB,DISP=SHR
00140003
//ACTKLIB
00150003
//ACTKWRK
DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
00160000
//ACTKPRN
DD DUMMY
00170000
00180000
//
00190003
BLASM1
//* MEMBER BLASM1
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS PROCEDURE AND JOB STREAM ASSEMBLES AND LINKS THE
00030000
//* VISION:BUILDER SYSTEM AND COMPONENT PARAMETER MODULES
00040000
59
Appendix A
JCL
BLASM1 (cont.)
//* M4PARAMS, M4SFPARM AND M4LEPARM.
00050001
//*
00060000
//ASMBPRM PROC SRCLIB=,
00070000
//
SRCMEM=,
00080000
//
LOADLIB=
00090000
//ASM
EXEC PGM=ASMA90,REGION=2M,
00100003
//
PARM=’NODECK,OBJECT,LIST’
00110003
//SYSLIB
DD DSN=SYS1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR
00120000
//SYSUT1
DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(1,1))
00130000
//SYSLIN
DD DSN=&&OBJECT,DISP=(,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
00140000
//
SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
00150000
00160000
//SYSIN
DD DSN=&SRCLIB(&SRCMEM),DISP=SHR
00170000
//*
00180000
//LINK
EXEC PGM=HEWL,REGION=2M,
00190001
//
PARM=’LET,LIST,MAP,NCAL’
00200001
//SYSUT1
00210000
//OBJECT
DD DSN=&&OBJECT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
00220000
//SYSLMOD
DD DSN=&LOADLIB,DISP=SHR
00230000
//LOADLIB
00240000
00250000
//
PEND
00260000
//**********************************************************************00270000
//* THE FOLLOWING IS A SAMPLE EXECUTION OF THE JOBS TO ASSEMBLE
00280000
//* AND LINK THE BUILDER SYSTEM AND COMPONENT PARAMETER MODULES.
00290000
//*
00300000
//*
BEFORE YOU RUN THIS JOB, SPECIFY:
00310000
//*
00320000
//*
SRCLIB - THE SOURCE PDS THAT CONTAINS THE PARAMETER MODULE.
00330000
//*
SRCMEM - THE MEMBER NAME OF THE PARAMETER MODULE.
00340000
//*
LOADLIB - THE LOAD LIBRARY TO CONTAIN THE LINK EDITED MODULE.
00350000
//*
00360000
//**********************************************************************00370000
//* M4PARAMS ASSEMBLY AND LINK
00380000
//**********************************************************************00390000
//*
00400000
//M4PARAM EXEC ASMBPRM,
00410001
60
Appendix A
JCL
BLASM1 (cont.)
//
SRCLIB=’BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB’,
00420003
//
SRCMEM=’M4PARAMS’,
00430000
//
LOADLIB=’BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB’
00440003
//*
00450000
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
00460000
INCLUDE OBJECT
00470000
NAME M4PARAMS(R)
00480000
//*
00490003
//**********************************************************************00500000
//* M4SFPARM ASSEMBLY AND LINK
00510000
//**********************************************************************00520000
//*
00530000
//M4SFPRM EXEC ASMBPRM,
00540000
//
00550003
//
SRCMEM=’M4SFPARM’,
00560000
//
00570003
//*
00580000
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
00590000
INCLUDE OBJECT
00600000
NAME M4SFPARM(R)
00610000
//*
00620003
//**********************************************************************00630001
//* M4LEPARM ASSEMBLY AND LINK
00640001
//**********************************************************************00650001
//*
00660001
//M4LEPRM EXEC ASMBPRM,
00670001
//
00680003
//
SRCMEM=’M4LEPARM’,
00690001
//
00700003
//*
00710001
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
00720001
INCLUDE OBJECT
00730001
NAME M4LEPARM(R)
00740002
//
00750003
61
Appendix A
JCL
BLASM2
//* MEMBER BLASM2
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
00030000
//* VISION:BUILDER SYSTEM AND COMPONENT PARAMETER MODULES
00040000
//* OQLPARM AND BQLPARM.
00050000
//*
00060000
00070000
//
SRCMEM=,
00080000
//
LOADLIB=
00090000
//ASM
00100003
//
00110003
//SYSLIB
00120000
//SYSUT1
00130000
//SYSLIN
00140000
//
SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
00150000
00160000
//SYSIN
00170000
//*
00180000
//LINK
00190001
//
00200001
//SYSUT1
00210000
//OBJECT
00220000
//SYSLMOD
00230000
//LOADLIB
00240000
00250000
//
PEND
00260000
//**********************************************************************00270000
00280000
//* AND LINK THE BUILDER SYSTEM AND COMPONENT PARAMETER MODULES.
00290000
//*
00300000
//*
00310000
//*
00320000
//*
00330000
//*
00340000
//*
00350000
//*
00360000
//**********************************************************************00370000
62
Appendix A
JCL
BLASM2 (cont.)
//* OQLPARM ASSEMBLY AND LINK
00380000
//**********************************************************************00390000
//*
00400000
//OQLPARM EXEC ASMBPRM,
00410000
//
00420003
//
SRCMEM=’OQLPARM’,
00430000
//
00440003
//*
00450000
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
00460000
REPLACE OQLPARM
00470000
INCLUDE LOADLIB(OQL)
00480000
INCLUDE OBJECT
00490000
ENTRY QLMOQL
00500000
ALIAS QUERYIV
00510000
NAME OQL(R)
00520000
//*
00530003
//**********************************************************************00540000
//* BQLPARM ASSEMBLY AND LINK
00550000
//**********************************************************************00560000
//*
00570000
//BQLPARM EXEC ASMBPRM,
00580000
//
00590003
//
SRCMEM=’BQLPARM’,
00600000
//
00610003
//*
00620000
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
00630000
REPLACE BQLPARM
00640000
INCLUDE LOADLIB(BQL)
00650000
INCLUDE OBJECT
00660000
ENTRY QLMBQL
00670000
NAME BQL(R)
00680000
//
00690003
BLBANR
//* MEMBER BLBANR
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
63
Appendix A
JCL
BLBANR (cont.)
//* THIS JOB STREAM EXECUTES A NULL DEFINITION RUN IN ORDER TO
//* PRODUCE THE VISION:BUILDER SIGNON BANNER PAGE.
//*
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THIS JOB, REVIEW THE JCL AND SPECIFY:
//*
//*
JOBLIB - THE BUILDER AND COMLIB LOAD LIBRARIES.
//*
//JOBLIB
//
DD DSN=BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB,DISP=SHR
//*
//BANNER EXEC PGM=MARKIV,REGION=1524K
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//M4LIB
DD DUMMY
//M4INPUT
DD *
BANNER RC
//
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100003
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180003
BLCOPY1
//* MEMBER BLCOPY1
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB COPIES FILE 1
00030000
//*
FROM THE VISION:BUILDER SYSTEM TAPE TO DISK
00040000
//*
00050000
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THIS JOB, REVIEW JCL AND SPECIFY:
00060000
//*
00070000
//*
THE INPUT TAPE VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER.
00080000
//*
THE OUTPUT DISK DATASET NAME, UNIT AND VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER.
00090000
//*
(THE DISK DATASET SPACE IS MINIMUM FOR A 3380 DASD DEVICE.)
00100003
//*
00110000
//*
NOTE - THE DISK DATASET DCB MUST BE CODED AS SHOWN.
00120000
//*
SOME MEMBERS OF THE PDS ARE INPUT TO UTILITIES THAT
00130000
//*
HAVE "BLKSIZE" SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
00140000
//*
00150000
//**********************************************************************00160000
//*
00170000
//COPY1
EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,REGION=1024K
00180000
64
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY1 (cont.)
//INPUT
DD DSN=VISION.BUILDER.FILE1,DISP=OLD,
//
UNIT=TAPEC,LABEL=(1,SL,EXPDT=98000),
//
VOL=(PRIVATE,RETAIN,SER=(TAPVOL))
//OUTPUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
//
UNIT=SYSDA,VOL=SER=DSKVOL,
//
SPACE=(TRK,(25,5,15)),
//
//SYSUT3
//SYSUT4
//SYSIN
DD *
COPY INDD=INPUT,OUTDD=OUTPUT
//
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230003
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310003
BLCOPY2
//* MEMBER BLCOPY2
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//*
00030000
//* THIS PROCEDURE AND JOB STREAM IS USED TO TRANSFER FILES 2 - 9
00040000
//* FROM THE VISION:BUILDER SYSTEM TAPE TO DISK DATASETS.
00050000
//*
00060000
//**********************************************************************00070000
//*
00080000
//COPY
PROC DISKDSN=,
00090000
//
DUNIT=,
00100000
//
DVOLSER=,
00110000
//
DTRKS=,
00120000
//
DDCB=,
00130000
//
TUNIT=,
00140000
//
TVOLSER=,
00150000
//
TFILENO=
00160000
//COPY
EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,REGION=2M
00170002
00180000
//IN
DD DSN=VISION.BUILDER.FILE&TFILENO,DISP=OLD,
00190000
//
UNIT=&TUNIT,LABEL=(&TFILENO,SL,EXPDT=98000),
00200000
//
VOL=(PRIVATE,RETAIN,SER=(&TVOLSER))
00210000
65
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY2 (cont.)
//OUT
DD DSN=&DISKDSN,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
00220000
//
UNIT=&DUNIT,VOL=SER=&DVOLSER,
00230000
//
SPACE=(TRK,&DTRKS),
00240000
//
DCB=&DDCB
00250000
//SYSUT3
DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,1)
00260003
//SYSUT4
00270003
//
PEND
00280003
//**********************************************************************00290000
//* THE FOLLOWING IS A SAMPLE EXECUTION OF THE JOB STEPS NEEDED TO
00300000
//* TRANSFER THE VISION:BUILDER SYSTEM TAPE FILES TO DISK DATASETS.
00310000
//*
00320000
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THIS JOB, SPECIFY:
00330000
//*
00340000
//*
DISKDSN
- DISK DATASET NAME OF THE TRANSFERRED FILE.
00350000
//*
DUNIT
- UNIT TYPE FOR THE DASD. THE DEFAULT IS SYSDA.
00360000
//*
DVOLSER
- VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER OF THE DASD UNIT.
00370000
//*
DTRKS
- SPACE ALLOCATION FOR THE DASD DATASET. THE SAMPLES
00380000
//*
SHOW MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR 3380 DEVICES.
00390000
//*
DDCB
- DASD DATASET DCB VALUES. THE BLKSIZE VALUES FOR
00400000
//*
THE LOAD LIBRARIES CAN BE CHANGED IF NEEDED.
00410000
//*
NOTE - THE DISK DATASETS ARE ALLOCATED HERE
00420000
//*
WITH "DISP=(NEW,CATLG)".
00430000
//*
00440000
//*
TUNIT
- UNIT TYPE FOR THE TAPE DEVICE. THE DEFAULT IS TAPEC. 00450000
//*
TVOLSER
- VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLATION TAPE. 00460000
//*
SEE THE EXTERNAL LABEL OF TAPE FOR THE SERIAL NUMBER. 00470000
//*
TFILENO
- THE TAPE FILE NUMBER BEING TRANSFERRED.
00480000
//*
00490000
//**********************************************************************00500000
//* FILE2 - COPY THE COMLIB RELEASE 4.5 LOAD LIBRARY TO DISK
00510001
//**********************************************************************00520000
//FILE2
EXEC COPY,
00530000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB’,
00540000
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
00550000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
00560000
//
DTRKS=’(50,5,10)’,
00570002
//
DDCB=’(RECFM=U,LRECL=0,BLKSIZE=32760)’,
00580000
66
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY2 (cont.)
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
00590000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
00600000
//
TFILENO=2
00610000
//SYSIN
DD *
00620000
COPY INDD=IN,OUTDD=OUT
00630000
//*
00640003
//*
00650000
//**********************************************************************00660000
//* FILE3 - COPY THE WORKBENCH FOR ISPF CLIST LIBRARY TO DISK
00670003
//**********************************************************************00680000
//FILE3
EXEC COPY,
00690000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.WB058.CLIST’,
00700003
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
00710000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
00720000
//
DTRKS=’(10,1,5)’,
00730002
//
DDCB=’(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200)’,
00740000
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
00750000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
00760000
//
TFILENO=3
00770000
//SYSIN
DD *
00780000
00790000
//*
00800003
//**********************************************************************00810000
//* FILE4 - COPY THE WORKBENCH FOR ISPF PANELS LIBRARY TO DISK
00820003
//**********************************************************************00830000
//FILE4
EXEC COPY,
00840000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.WB058.PANELS’,
00850003
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
00860000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
00870000
//
DTRKS=’(115,5,165)’,
00880002
//
00890000
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
00900000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
00910000
//
TFILENO=4
00920000
//SYSIN
DD *
00930000
00940000
//*
00950003
67
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY2 (cont.)
//**********************************************************************00960000
//* FILE5 - COPY THE WORKBENCH FOR ISPF MESSAGE LIBRARY TO DISK
00970003
//**********************************************************************00980000
//FILE5
EXEC COPY,
00990000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.WB058.MSGS’,
01000003
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
01010000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
01020000
//
DTRKS=’(12,2,30)’,
01030000
//
01040000
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
01050000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
01060000
//
TFILENO=5
01070000
//SYSIN
DD *
01080000
01090000
//*
01100003
//**********************************************************************01110000
//* FILE6 - COPY THE WORKBENCH FOR ISPF SKELETON LIBRARY TO DISK
01120003
//**********************************************************************01130000
//FILE6
EXEC COPY,
01140000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.WB058.SKELS’,
01150003
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
01160000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
01170000
//
DTRKS=’(4,1,3)’,
01180000
//
01190000
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
01200000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
01210000
//
TFILENO=6
01220000
//SYSIN
DD *
01230000
01240000
//*
01250003
//**********************************************************************01260000
//* FILE7 - COPY THE WORKBENCH FOR ISPF LOAD LIBRARY TO DISK
01270003
//**********************************************************************01280000
//FILE7
EXEC COPY,
01290000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.WB058.LOADLIB’,
01300003
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
01310000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
01320000
68
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY2 (cont.)
//
DTRKS=’(50,5,30)’,
01330002
//
01340000
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
01350000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
01360000
//
TFILENO=7
01370000
//SYSIN
DD *
01380000
01390000
//*
01400003
//**********************************************************************01410000
//* FILE8 - COPY THE RELEASE 13.8 BUILDER LOAD LIBRARY TO DISK
01420003
//**********************************************************************01430000
//FILE8
EXEC COPY,
01440000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB’,
01450003
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
01460000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
01470000
//
DTRKS=’(150,20,55)’,
01480003
//
01490000
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
01500000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
01510000
//
TFILENO=8
01520000
//SYSIN
DD *
01530000
01540000
//*
01550003
//**********************************************************************01560000
//* FILE9 - COPY THE RESTRICTED SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS TO DISK
01570000
//**********************************************************************01580000
//FILE9
EXEC COPY,
01590000
//
DISKDSN=’BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB’,
01600003
//
DUNIT=SYSDA,
01610000
//
DVOLSER=DISKVOL,
01620000
//
DTRKS=’(10,5,10)’,
01630000
//
01640000
//
TUNIT=TAPEC,
01650000
//
TVOLSER=TAPEVOL,
01660000
//
TFILENO=9
01670000
//SYSIN
DD *
01680000
01690000
69
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY2 (cont.)
//
01700003
BLCOPY3
//* BLCOPY3
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB STREAM COPIES THE ONLINE EXECUTIVE (OLX, OFI, OQL)
00030000
//* TSO HELP MEMBERS TO A TSO ONLINE HELP DATASET.
00040000
//*
00050000
//* A HELP DATASET IS ALLOCATED AND THE HELP MEMBERS ARE COPIED.
00060000
//*
00070000
00080000
//*
00090000
//* OUT
- THE DSN FOR THE TSO HELP DATASET.
00100000
//*
00110000
//*
IF YOU USE AN EXISTING DATASET, SKIP THE
00120000
//*
ALLOC STEP.
00130000
//*
00140000
//*
NOTE - THE COPY STEP WILL REPLACE EXISTING
00150000
//*
MEMBERS OF THE SAME NAME.
00160000
//*
00170000
//*
NOTE - THE OUT DATASET IS ALLOCATED TO A SYSDA UNIT AND THE
00180000
//*
SPACE IS MINIMUM FOR 3380 DEVICES.
00190000
//*
00200000
//* BLHELP - THE DATASET CONTAINING THE BUILDER HELP MEMBERS.
00210000
//*
00220000
//*
00230000
//ALLOC
EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,REGION=256K
00240003
//OUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.OLXHELP,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
00250003
//
UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2,5)),
00260000
//
00270003
//*
00280000
//COPY
00290003
00300000
//OUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.OLXHELP,DISP=SHR
00310003
//BLHELPS
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB,DISP=SHR
00320003
//SYSUT3
00330003
70
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY3 (cont.)
//SYSUT4
//SYSIN
DD *
COPY INDD=((BLHELPS,R)),OUTDD=OUT
SELECT MEMBER=EDITIV
SELECT MEMBER=END
SELECT MEMBER=LIB
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXEC
SELECT MEMBER=OQL
SELECT MEMBER=QUERYIV
SELECT MEMBER=QUIT
SELECT MEMBER=RUNIV
SELECT MEMBER=SUBIV
//
00340003
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460003
BLCOPY4
//* BLCOPY4
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB COPIES SOME ONLINE EXECUTIVE (OLX, OFI, OQL)
00030000
//* COMMAND PROCESSING MODULES TO THE "SYS1.LINKLIB".
00040000
//*
00050000
00060000
//*
00070000
//* LINKLIB - SYS1.LINKLIB. YOU CAN SPECIFY A DIFFERENT
00080000
//*
LIBRARY INSTEAD OF SYS1.LINKLIB.
00090000
//*
00100000
//*
00110000
//*
00120000
//*
00130000
//* BLLOAD - THE DATASET CONTAINING THE BUILDER COMMAND
00140000
//*
PROCESSING MODULES.
00150000
//*
00160000
//COPY
00170003
00180000
//LINKLIB
DD DSN=SYS1.LINKLIB,DISP=SHR
00190000
//BLLOAD
00200003
//SYSUT3
00210003
71
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY4 (cont.)
//SYSUT4
//SYSIN
DD *
COPY INDD=((BLLOAD,R)),OUTDD=LINKLIB
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXEC
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXECCE
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXECCI
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXECCP
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXECCT
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXECSE
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXECVT
SELECT MEMBER=M4EXECXR
//
00220003
00230000
00240003
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330003
BLCOPY5
//* BLCOPY5
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB COPIES THE BUILDER MESSAGES MODULES TO A LOADLIB
00030000
//* THAT IS USED TO LOAD MODULES INTO THE SYSTEM LPA.
00040000
//*
00050000
00060000
//*
00070000
//* LPALIB - THE DATASET NAME OF LPA LOAD LIBRARY.
00080000
//*
00090000
//*
00100000
//*
00110000
//*
00120000
//* BLLOAD - THE DATASET CONTAINING THE BUILDER MESSAGE MODULES
00130000
//*
00140000
//COPY
00150003
00160000
//LPALIB
DD DSN=SYS1.LPA.LIBRARY,DISP=SHR
00170000
//BLLOAD
00180003
//SYSUT3
00190003
//SYSUT4
00200003
//SYSIN
DD *
00210000
COPY INDD=((BLLOAD,R)),OUTDD=LPALIB
00220003
72
Appendix A
JCL
BLCOPY5 (cont.)
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MEMBER=MARKM00
MEMBER=MARKM01
MEMBER=MARKM02
MEMBER=MARKM03
MEMBER=MARKM04
MEMBER=MARKM05
MEMBER=MARKM06
MEMBER=MARKM07
MEMBER=MARKM08
MEMBER=MARKM09
MEMBER=MARKM10
MEMBER=MARKM11
MEMBER=MARKM12
MEMBER=MARKM13
MEMBER=MARKM14
MEMBER=MARKM15
MEMBER=MARKM16
MEMBER=MARKM17
MEMBER=MARKM18
MEMBER=MARKM19
MEMBER=MARKM20
MEMBER=MARKM21
MEMBER=MARKM22
MEMBER=MARKM23
MEMBER=MARKM24
MEMBER=MARKM25
MEMBER=MARKM26
MEMBER=MARKM27
MEMBER=MARKM28
MEMBER=MARKM29
MEMBER=MARKM30
MEMBER=MARKM31
MEMBER=MARKM32
MEMBER=MARKDX
MEMBER=MARKMIC
//
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580003
73
Appendix A
JCL
BLDB2A
//* MEMBER BLDB2A
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS FOLLOWING SAMPLE JOB STREAM ASSEMBLES, PREPARES AND LINKS
00030000
//* THE "MARKSQL" MODULE THREE TIMES FOR USE WHEN ATTACHING TO
00040000
//* DB2 DURING APPLICATION RUNS. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE PRODUCED.
00050000
//*
00060000
//*
MODULE
- ATTACH FACILITY
00070000
//*
-------------------00080000
//*
MARKSQLC - CALL ATTACH
00090000
//*
MARKSQLI - IMS ATTACH
00100000
//*
MARKSQLT - TSO ATTACH
00110000
//*
00120000
//* NOTE: THE STANDARD IBM PROCEDURE "DSNHASM" IS USED TO ACCOMPLISH
00130003
//*
THE DB2 PREPARATION PROCESS. YOU MAY NEED TO CONFER WITH
00140000
//*
YOUR DB2 DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR BEFORE RUNNING THIS JOB.
00150000
//*
00160000
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THESE JOBS,
00170000
//*
REVIEW THE JCL STATEMENTS FLAGGED WITH "<<<<" AND SPECIFY:
00180000
//*
00190000
//*
SYSIN
- THE DATASET/MEMBER FOR THE "MARKSQL" SOURCE CODE.
00200000
//*
SQLPREP - THE "MEM" ENTRY IS THE PLAN NAME FOR THE
00210000
//*
DB2 RUN MODULE. THE DEFAULTS ARE SHOWN.
00220000
//*
- THE "USER" ENTRY IS THE AUTHORIZED USERID.
00230000
//*
THIS NAME IS USED BY THE IBM PROCEDURE "DSNHASM"
00240003
//*
TO CONSTRUCT DEFAULT DATASET NAMES.
00250000
//*
SYSLMOD - THE LOAD LIBRARY FOR THE LINKED DB2 RUN MODULES.
00260000
//*
SYSLIB - THE IMS LOAD LIBRARY CONTAINING THE IMS INTERFACE
00270000
//*
MODULE "DFSLI000" INCLUDED DURING LINK EDIT.
00280000
//*
(NOTE THAT THE STEP WITH THE SYSLIB DD IS ONLY NEEDED
00281003
//*
FOR THE IMS ATTACH. IF THE IMS ATTACH FACILITY IS
00282003
//*
NOT NEEDED, REMOVE THE JCL FOR THIS STEP.)
00283003
//*
00290000
//**********************************************************************00300000
//* PREPARE THE DB2 CALL ATTACH RUN MODULE.
00310000
//**********************************************************************00320000
//*
00330000
//GENC
EXEC PGM=ASMA90,PARM=’DECK,NOOBJECT’,REGION=2M
00340004
74
Appendix A
JCL
BLDB2A (cont.)
00350000
//SYSPUNCH DD DSN=&&GENC,DISP=(MOD,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
00360000
//
SPACE=(800,(300,300)),
00370000
//
DCB=(RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=3200)
00380000
//SYSUT1
DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(800,(300,300))
00390000
//SYSLIB
00400000
//SYSIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB(MARKSQL),DISP=SHR <<<<
00410004
//*
00420000
//SQLPREP EXEC DSNHASM,MEM=MARKDB2,USER=PUBLIC,
<<<<
00430003
//
PARM.PC=’HOST(ASM),STDSQL(86)’
00440000
//PC.SYSIN
DD DSN=&&GENC,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
00450000
//LKED.SYSLMOD DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB,DISP=OLD
<<<<
00460004
//LKED.SYSIN
DD *
00470000
INCLUDE SYSLIB(DSNALI)
00480000
MODE AMODE(31),RMODE(ANY)
00490000
NAME MARKSQLC(R)
00500000
//*
00510004
//**********************************************************************00520000
//* PREPARE THE DB2 IMS ATTACH RUN MODULE.
00530000
//**********************************************************************00540000
//*
00550000
//GENI
00560004
00570000
//SYSPUNCH DD DSN=&&GENI,DISP=(MOD,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
00580000
//
SPACE=(800,(300,300)),
00590000
//
00600000
//SYSUT1
00610000
//SYSLIB
00620000
//SYSIN
00630004
//*
00640000
//SQLPREP EXEC DSNHASM,MEM=MARKDLI,USER=PUBLIC,
<<<<
00650003
//
00660000
//PC.SYSIN
DD DSN=&&GENI,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
00670000
//LKED.SYSLIB DD DSN=IMSVS.RESLIB,DISP=SHR
<<<<
00680000
<<<<
00690004
//LKED.SYSIN
DD *
00700000
INCLUDE SYSLIB(DFSLI000)
00710000
75
Appendix A
JCL
BLDB2A (cont.)
00720000
NAME MARKSQLI(R)
00730000
//*
00740004
//*
00750000
//**********************************************************************00760000
//* PREPARE THE DB2 TSO ATTACH RUN MODULE.
00770000
//**********************************************************************00780000
//*
00790000
//GENT
00800004
00810000
//SYSPUNCH DD DSN=&&GENT,DISP=(MOD,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
00820000
//
SPACE=(800,(300,300)),
00830000
//
00840000
//SYSUT1
00850000
//SYSLIB
00860000
//SYSIN
00870004
//*
00880000
//SQLPREP EXEC DSNHASM,MEM=MARKIV,USER=PUBLIC,
<<<<
00890003
//
00900000
//PC.SYSIN
DD DSN=&&GENT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
00910000
<<<<
00920004
//LKED.SYSIN
DD *
00930000
INCLUDE SYSLIB(DSNELI)
00940000
00950000
NAME MARKSQLT(R)
00960000
//
00970004
BLDB2B
//* MEMBER BLDB2B
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THE FOLLOWING SAMPLE JOB STREAM DOES THE DB2 BINDS FOR THE
00030000
//* THREE "MARKSQL" MODULES THAT ARE USED FOR ATTACHING TO DB2
00040000
//* DURING APPLICATION RUNS. THE FOLLOWING ARE THE DEFAULT
00050000
//* NAMES USED IN THE PREPARATION RUNS AND REFERENCED HERE.
00060000
//*
00070000
//*
MODULE
- PLAN NAME
ATTACH FACILITY
00080000
76
Appendix A
JCL
BLDB2B (cont.)
//*
---------------------------00090000
//*
MARKSQLC - MARKDB2
- CALL ATTACH
00100000
//*
MARKSQLI - MARKDLI
- IMS ATTACH
00110000
//*
MARKSQLT - MARKIV
- TSO ATTACH
00120000
//*
00130000
//*
00140000
//* BEFORE RUNNING THIS JOB,
00150000
//*
CONFER WITH YOUR DB2 DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR AND
00160001
//*
REVIEW THE VALUES FOR THE FOLLOWING ENTRIES:
00170000
//*
00180000
//*
SYSTEM - THE DB2 SUBSYSTEM NAME.
00190000
//*
PLAN
- THE PLAN NAME. THE DEFAULT IS SHOWN.
00200000
//*
LIBRARY - THE DBRM LIBRARY NAME.
00210000
//*
MEMBER - THE PLAN MEMBER NAME. THE SAME AS THE PLAN NAME.
00220000
//*
00230000
//**********************************************************************00240000
//* BIND THE DB2 CALL ATTACH PLAN
00250000
//**********************************************************************00260000
//*
00270000
//BINDC EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20,REGION=2M
00280002
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*
00290000
//SYSTSIN DD *
00300000
DSN SYSTEM(SUBSYSTM)
00310000
BIND PLAN (MARKDB2) 00320000
LIBRARY (’PUBLIC.DBRMLIB.DATA’) 00330000
MEMBER (MARKDB2) 00340000
ACTION (REPLACE) RETAIN 00350000
ISOLATION (CS)
00360000
END
00370000
/*
00380000
//*
00390000
//**********************************************************************00400000
//* BIND THE DB2 IMS ATTACH PLAN
00410000
//**********************************************************************00420000
//*
00430000
//BINDI EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20,REGION=2M
00440002
00450000
77
Appendix A
JCL
BLDB2B (cont.)
//SYSTSIN DD *
00460000
00470000
BIND PLAN (MARKDLI) 00480000
MEMBER (MARKDLI) 00500000
ISOLATION (CS)
00520000
END
00530000
//*
00540002
//*
00550000
//**********************************************************************00560000
//* BIND THE DB2 TSO ATTACH PLAN
00570000
//**********************************************************************00580000
//*
00590000
//BINDT EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20,REGION=2M
00600002
00610000
//SYSTSIN DD *
00620000
00630000
BIND PLAN (MARKIV) 00640000
MEMBER (MARKIV) 00660000
ISOLATION (CS)
00680000
END
00690000
//
00700002
BLDB2T
//* MEMBER BLDB2T
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS FOLLOWING SAMPLE JOB STREAM ASSEMBLES, PREPARES AND LINKS
00030000
//* THE "MARKSQL" MODULE FOR USE WITH TERADATA DATABASES THROUGH THE
00040000
//* STANDARD DB2 FACILITY OF VISION:BUILDER.
00050000
//*
00060000
//* THE MODULE NAME GENERATED IS "MARKSQLT". SEE THE INSTALLATION
00070003
//* INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONSIDERATIONS WHEN GENERATING THIS MODULE.
00080000
//*
00090000
78
Appendix A
JCL
BLDB2T (cont.)
//* NOTE: THE STANDARD IBM PROCEDURE "DSNHASMH" IS USED TO ACCOMPLISH
00100000
//*
THE DB2 PREPARATION PROCESS. YOU MAY NEED TO CONFER WITH
00110000
//*
YOUR DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR BEFORE RUNNING THIS JOB.
00120000
//*
00130000
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THESE JOBS,
00140000
//*
REVIEW THE JCL STATEMENTS FLAGGED WITH "<<<<" AND SPECIFY:
00150000
//*
00160000
//*
SYSIN
- THE DATASET/MEMBER FOR THE "MARKSQL" SOURCE CODE.
00170000
//*
SQLPREP - THE "MEM" ENTRY IS THE PLAN NAME FOR THE
00180000
//*
DB2 RUN MODULE. THE DEFAULTS ARE SHOWN.
00190000
//*
- THE "USER" ENTRY IS THE AUTHORIZED USERID.
00200000
//*
THIS NAME IS USED BY THE IBM PROCEDURE "DSNHASMH"
00210000
//*
TO CONSTRUCT DEFAULT DATASET NAMES.
00220000
//*
SYSLIB - THE LOAD LIBRARY CONTAINING THE TERADATA MODULES.
00230000
//*
SYSLMOD - THE LOAD LIBRARY FOR THE LINKED DB2 RUN MODULES.
00240000
//*
00250000
//**********************************************************************00260000
//* PREPARE THE TERADATA ATTACH RUN MODULE.
00270000
//**********************************************************************00280000
//*
00290000
//GENT
00300003
00310000
//SYSPUNCH DD DSN=&&GENT,DISP=(MOD,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
00320000
//
SPACE=(800,(300,300)),
00330000
//
00340000
//SYSUT1
00350000
//SYSLIB
00360000
//SYSIN
00370003
//*
00380000
//SQLPREP EXEC DSNHASMH,MEM=MARKIV,USER=PUBLIC,
<<<<
00390000
//
00400000
//PC.SYSIN
DD DSN=&&GENT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
00410000
79
Appendix A
JCL
BLDB2T (cont.)
//LKED.SYSLIB DD DSN=TERADATA.TSAPI.LIBRARY,DISP=OLD
//LKED.SYSLMOD DD DSN=BUILDER.R138.LOADLIB,DISP=OLD
//LKED.SYSIN
DD *
CHANGE DSNHLI2(DSNHLI)
NAME MARKSQLT(R)
//
<<<<
<<<<
00420000
00430003
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490003
BLIVP
//* MEMBER BLIVP
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB STREAM IS USED TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE INSTALLER THAT
00030000
//* THE VISION:BUILDER INSTALLATION WAS SUCCESSFUL. SEVERAL
00040000
//* DIFFERENT JOB STEPS ARE RUN TO PERFORM A VARIETY OF
00050000
//* FUNCTIONS THAT MAKE SURE THAT THE PRODUCT IS OPERATIONAL.
00060000
//*
00070000
//* BEFORE YOU RUN THIS JOB, SPECIFY ON THE "JOBLIB" DD
00080000
//*
00090000
//*
THE VISION:BUILDER AND COMLIB COMPONENT LOAD LIBRARIES.
00100000
//*
00110000
//**********************************************************************00120000
//*
00130000
//JOBLIB
00140003
//
00150000
//*
00160000
//* INITIALIZE AN M4LIB
00170000
//*
00180000
//INIT
EXEC PGM=MARKINIT,REGION=512K
00190000
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
00200000
//M4LIB
DD DSN=&&TEMPLIB,DISP=(,PASS),
00210000
//
SPACE=(TRK,2,,CONTIG),UNIT=SYSDA
00220000
//*
00230000
//* CATALOG TABLE AND FILE DEFINITIONS
00240000
//*
00250000
//DEFRUN1 EXEC PGM=MARKIV,REGION=1536K
00260000
80
Appendix A
JCL
BLIVP (cont.)
//M4LIB
DD DSN=&&TEMPLIB,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//M4INPUT
DD *
DEFRUN RC
STATETABTBSR
2C 10C
STATETABTE CA
CALIFORNIA
STATETABTE NY
NEW YORK
STATETABTE TX
TEXAS
STATETABTE GA
GEORGIA
MASTER FD
RBF
80
MASTER LSSEGS10
10
MASTER L0CUSTNUM 101
1 6C1
MASTER L1CUSTNUM
CUSTOMER
MASTER L2CUSTNUM
NUMBER
MASTER L0CUSTNAME 101
7 20C
MASTER L1CUSTNAME
CUSTOMER
MASTER L2CUSTNAME
NAME
MASTER L0CINDSTRE 101 27 15C
MASTER L1CINDSTRE
CUSTOMER
MASTER L2CINDSTRE
INDUSTRY
MASTER L0CSTCODE 101 42 2C
MASTER L1CSTCODE
CUSTOMER
MASTER L2CSTCODE
STATE CODE
//*
//*
//* PROCESSING - SINGLE STEP - LIST MASTER FILE DATA
//*
//PROCRUN EXEC PGM=MARKIV,REGION=1536K
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//M4REPO
DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),
//
UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(5,2),RLSE)
//M4SORT
DD DISP=(NEW,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,1)
//SYSOUT
DD SYSOUT=*
//SORTWK01 DD SPACE=(CYL,1,,CONTIG),UNIT=SYSDA
//M4LIB
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500003
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610000
00620000
00630000
81
Appendix A
JCL
BLIVP (cont.)
//M4INPUT
DD *
LISTFILERCMASTER S U
S
#
R
MAIN
ERTODAY
##PROC
STATE: FIELD C 10 HEADING ’STATE’ ’DESCRIPTION’
;
LET T.STATE = LOOKUP(STATETAB CSTCODE)
;
CALL REPORT LIST1
CALL REPORT LIST2
##PEND
LIST1
ER
S
LIST1
E1
LIST1
R1
CUSTNUM
LIST1
R1
CUSTNAME 1
LIST1
R1
CINDSTRE
LIST1
R1
CSTCODE
LIST1
R1
TSTATE
LIST1
T1
LIST THE MASTER FILE DATA BY CUSTOMER NAME
LIST2
ER
S
LIST2
E1
LIST2
R1
CUSTNUM
LIST2
R1
CUSTNAME
LIST2
R1
CINDSTRE
LIST2
R1
CSTCODE
1
LIST2
R1
TSTATE
LIST2
T1
LIST THE MASTER FILE DATA BY STATE CODE
//*
//M4OLD
DD *
001000ABC INSURANCE CO
INSURANCE
GA
002000THE MONEY CO
FINANCIAL
NY
003000EVERYTHING GOES
RECREATION
CA
011000STERLING SOFTWARE
SOFTWARE
TX
022000FLOATATION INC.
MANUFACTURING GA
033000ON THE GO CORP.
TRANSPORTATION CA
//*
//*
00640000
00650000
00660000
00670000
00680000
00690000
00700000
00710000
00720000
00730000
00740000
00750000
00760000
00770000
00780000
00790000
00800000
00810000
00820000
00830000
00840000
00850000
00860000
00870000
00880000
00890000
00900000
00910003
00920000
00930000
00940000
00950000
00960000
00970003
00980000
00990003
01000000
82
Appendix A
JCL
BLIVP (cont.)
//* DUMP, INIT, RESTORE AN M4LIB
//*
//LIBRUN EXEC PGM=MARKUTIL,REGION=1536K
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//ABNLIGNR DD DUMMY
//M4LIB
//M4WORK
DD DSN=&&M4WORK,DISP=(,PASS),
//
SPACE=(TRK,(5,1),RLSE),UNIT=SYSDA
//M4INPUT
DD *
UCDUMP
UCINIT
UCREST
//*
//*
//* LIST FILE AND TABLE DEFINITION GLOSSARIES
//*
//DEFRUN2 EXEC PGM=MARKIV,REGION=1536K
//M4LIB
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//M4INPUT
DD *
LISTGLOSRC
CTLFGMASTER
CTLTGSTATETAB
//
01010000
01020000
01030000
01040000
01050000
01060000
01070000
01080000
01090000
01100000
01110000
01120000
01130000
01140003
01150000
01160000
01170000
01180000
01190000
01200000
01210000
01220000
01230000
01240000
01250003
BLMRGLB
//* BLMRGLB
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB STREAM ALLOCATES A LOAD LIBRARY AND COPIES ALL THE
00030000
//* INDIVIDUAL VISION:BUILDER SYSTEM COMPONENT LOAD LIBRARIES
00040000
//* INTO A SINGLE BUILDER SYSTEM LOAD LIBRARY.
00050000
//*
00060000
00070000
//*
00080000
//* OUT
- THE DSN FOR THE SINGLE BUILDER SYSTEM LOADLIB.
00090000
83
Appendix A
JCL
BLMRGLB (cont.)
//* BUILDER - THE DSN FOR THE BUILDER COMPONENT LOADLIB.
//* COMLIB - THE DSN FOR THE COMLIB COMPONENT LOADLIB.
//* WBISPF - THE DSN FOR THE WORKBENCH COMPONENT LOADLIB.
//*
//* NOTE - THE OUT DATASET IS ALLOCATED TO A SYSDA UNIT AND THE
//*
SPACE IS MINIMUM FOR 3380 DEVICES.
//*
//ALLOC
EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,REGION=256K
//OUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.SYSLOAD,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
//
UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(210,20,85)),
//
DCB=(RECFM=U,LRECL=0,BLKSIZE=32760)
//*
//COPY
//OUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.SYSLOAD,DISP=OLD
//BUILDER
//COMLIB
//WBISPF
DD DSN=BUILDER.WB058.LOADLIB,DISP=SHR
//SYSUT3
//SYSUT4
//SYSIN
DD *
COPY INDD=BUILDER,OUTDD=OUT
COPY INDD=COMLIB,OUTDD=OUT
COPY INDD=WBISPF,OUTDD=OUT
//
00100003
00110003
00120003
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170003
00180003
00190003
00200000
00210000
00220003
00230000
00240003
00250003
00260000
00270003
00280003
00290003
00300000
00310003
00320003
00330003
00340003
BLOVRLK
INCLUDE DLILIB(DFSLI000)
INCLUDE OBJLIB(M4OWN)
INCLUDE LOADLIB(MARKIV)
ENTRY OSBOOT
PAGE M4COM
ORDER CPYRTSSI
ORDER OSBOOT
ORDER DLIADDR
ORDER MARKGSI
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
84
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
ORDER
BOTTLE
DFSLI000
M4OWN
NIOMONTR
MARKNCOM
DCUNLIKE
FIEVER
SORTER
STOMPER
NEWMESS
REKEYTR
FLOATER
STERLIZR
FORMATER
FORMATHX
NAMER
DIFINDER
FREEBLKR
DELBLKR
CATOGLER
LISTHDR
GETMAINR
LOADER
FILINITR
DCBBLDER
RESGETTR
DISHER
SQLUTIL
SQLCALLR
VALPATER
EDITFLD
EDITOUT
STREDITR
STREDOUT
TBLOOKR
TABLOCKR
MARKCKIT
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
85
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
ORDER MARKDLI
ORDER FETCHER
ORDER REPORTER
ORDER GENRPROG
ORDER NOPTION
ORDER GENERATR
ORDER M4COMZ
ORDER SYNAD
ORDER DDNMLIST
ORDER INVOKER
ORDER CNVRTER
ORDER LISTGPR
ORDER LISTGPR1
ORDER GETCARD
ORDER LISTLINE
ORDER TEMPCORE
ORDER C3SERVER
ORDER TRANPATR
ORDER PALXREF
ORDER PALTRACE
ORDER QBPAL
ORDER VSAMINIT
ORDER M4COM
ORDER VV16
OVERLAY A
PAGE PARMER
INSERT PARMER
INSERT CNTRLYZR
INSERT STAMMER
INSERT PATCHES
INSERT GREETER
INSERT RUFER
INSERT RETREVER
INSERT MAPBUFFR
INSERT MAPBLDR
INSERT DEFBRKR
INSERT SQLBRKR
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520003
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610000
00620000
00630000
00640000
00650000
00660000
00670000
00680000
00690000
00700002
00710000
00720000
00730000
00740000
00750000
00760000
00770000
00780000
00790003
00800003
00810003
00820003
00830003
86
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
INSERT FMFSEG
INSERT RENAMER
INSERT ALIASER
INSERT GSTRINGR
INSERT PUZZLER
INSERT ARRBLDR
INSERT ARRGETR
INSERT RUNCHER
INSERT RUGER
INSERT OWCHER
INSERT CPCARDER
INSERT RPCARDER
INSERT RTCARDER
INSERT SQLWHERE
INSERT RACARDER
INSERT ENVLISTR
INSERT DATEBLDR
INSERT RESALYZR
INSERT RUMPER
INSERT TRAMPER
INSERT VAMPER
INSERT GEDBASER
INSERT PALSYN
OVERLAY A
PAGE CREADER
INSERT CREADER
INSERT SORCERER
OVERLAY A
PAGE CROUTER
INSERT CROUTER
INSERT CLOUTER
INSERT CTREADR
INSERT CPTBLDR
INSERT SERVER
INSERT FLAGGER
INSERT FLAGGER2
INSERT LECKER
00840003
00850003
00860003
00870000
00880000
00890000
00900000
00910000
00920000
00930000
00940000
00950000
00960000
00970000
00980000
00990000
01000000
01010000
01020000
01030000
01040000
01050000
01060000
01070000
01080000
01090000
01100003
01110000
01120000
01130000
01140000
01150000
01160000
01170000
01180000
01190000
01200000
87
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
RQSCANNR
FORDEKER
FENSTER
AUTOCRAT
SUBSETER
TEMPER
PRELDEKR
PDVALID
PREPEDIT
PRETLUKR
PRESPEKR
PREDCALR
PREFPEKR
PREDBAKR
PRETPEKR
PRYPBAKR
PRETPOKR
PRETEXTR
PIPEKR
PRELSEGR
ARROPDCD
TABLDR
SQLSUBR
GRAFRNR
GRAFBLDR
JNXCODR
KNXCODR
JNDECODR
KNDECODR
GRAFLOCS
GRAFLOCH
GRAFLOCV
GRAFUTLB
FIEDBLDR
VARBLDR
TABLDR1
FLDBLDR
01210000
01220000
01230000
01240000
01250000
01260000
01270000
01280000
01290000
01300000
01310000
01320000
01330000
01340000
01350000
01360000
01370000
01380000
01390000
01400000
01410000
01420000
01430000
01440000
01450000
01460000
01470000
01480000
01490000
01500000
01510000
01520000
01530000
01540000
01550000
01560000
01570000
88
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
INSERT VALVARNR
INSERT DOUBLDR
INSERT CNTBLDR
INSERT EDBLDR
INSERT COLBLDR
INSERT DOUDEKER
INSERT DATDEKER
INSERT BREKDEKR
INSERT SUMDEKER
INSERT SUBDEKER
INSERT COLDEKER
INSERT ENDEKER
INSERT PAGER
INSERT SMFLBLDR
INSERT TABLDR2
INSERT TYDEKER
INSERT FNELEMNT
INSERT FKSECTNR
INSERT FJPATERN
OVERLAY A
PAGE PIECER
INSERT PIECER
INSERT RESFORMR
INSERT RESFORM2
INSERT RESFORM3
INSERT RESLSTER
INSERT SQLFDCOD
INSERT SQLPREPR
INSERT SQLCOLAP
INSERT PRYBLDR
INSERT FREEBLDR
INSERT KOOLAID
INSERT BRACKER
INSERT BITKICKR
INSERT BAKSTABR
INSERT BAKPACK
INSERT MAPHOOKR
01580000
01590000
01600000
01610000
01620000
01630000
01640000
01650000
01660000
01670000
01680000
01690000
01700000
01710000
01720000
01730000
01740000
01750000
01760000
01770000
01780000
01790000
01800000
01810000
01820000
01830000
01840000
01850000
01860000
01870000
01880000
01890000
01900000
01910000
01920000
01930000
01940000
89
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
INSERT BAKTREKR
INSERT RECHAINR
INSERT RMGRCKR
OVERLAY A
PAGE CODER
INSERT CODER
INSERT IOGENER
INSERT COLAPSER
INSERT KOOLOOKR
INSERT PCHAINR
INSERT KEYTABR
INSERT OPTIMIZR
INSERT BINASRCH
INSERT DUPER
INSERT TOPPER
INSERT POPPER
INSERT BOPPER
INSERT CORDCMPR
INSERT KOPPER
INSERT ARBOSS
INSERT ARCOMPER
INSERT ARTHER
INSERT SEGGER
INSERT C1MODULE
INSERT C2MODULE
INSERT C3MODULE
INSERT C4MODULE
INSERT C5MODULE
INSERT ETPCOMPR
INSERT DOUTCMPR
INSERT TXTCOMPR
INSERT GENEDIT
INSERT RELGENR
INSERT TRANGENR
INSERT GENREL1
INSERT GENREL5
INSERT GENREL2
01950000
01960000
01970000
01980000
01990000
02000000
02010000
02020000
02030000
02040000
02050000
02060000
02070000
02080000
02090000
02100000
02110000
02120000
02130000
02140000
02150000
02160000
02170000
02180000
02190000
02200000
02210000
02220000
02230000
02240000
02250000
02260000
02270000
02280000
02290000
02300000
02310000
90
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
INSERT GENREL3
INSERT GENREL4
INSERT REQGENR
INSERT GULPER
INSERT TREEGENR
INSERT KRITTER
INSERT REQGENPR
INSERT REQGENRN
OVERLAY A
PAGE COMPILER
INSERT COMPILER
INSERT MOPILER
INSERT EVALER
INSERT GENRMAIN
INSERT GENRBODY
INSERT OUTFELDR
INSERT BREAKER
INSERT SUMMER
INSERT VALER
INSERT VFIELDER
OVERLAY A
PAGE IOPENR
INSERT IOPENR
INSERT ALLOCER
INSERT TRANTABR
INSERT UIOINITR
INSERT ADJUSTR
INSERT DLIINITR
INSERT SQLINITR
INSERT SQLINIT2
INSERT MAPINITR
INSERT PIGPOKR
INSERT MUCKRAKR
INSERT ARRINITR
OVERLAY A
PAGE RLBOOT
INSERT RLBOOT
02320000
02330000
02340000
02350000
02360000
02370000
02380000
02390000
02400000
02410000
02420000
02430000
02440000
02450000
02460000
02470000
02480000
02490000
02500000
02510000
02520000
02530000
02540000
02550000
02560000
02570000
02580000
02590000
02600000
02610000
02620000
02630000
02640000
02650000
02660000
02670000
02680000
91
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
INSERT
DOMNR1
FLDEFINR
TWEDLDEE
TWEDLDUM
DOMNR2
DOMNR3
DOMNR4
DOMNR5
TREEBLDR
TRAPPER
KEYER
MINISUBS
MINILBS
MINIDATE
MINIJUST
MINIVAL
TRAGANZR
RECDATER
SLITOR
SHUFFLER
RECLECTR
RECESOR
DOUTPTR
LOOKUPER
REASSOR
BRANCHER
SCUFFLER
SEGFARMR
KOOLDOER
GASPASR
INTRUPTR
EDCODER
EDITOR2
COMPUTER
SUMFILER
GRAFOCR
GRAFGFSR
02690000
02700000
02710000
02720000
02730000
02740000
02750000
02760000
02770000
02780000
02790000
02800000
02810000
02820000
02830000
02840000
02850000
02860000
02870000
02880000
02890000
02900000
02910000
02920000
02930000
02940000
02950000
02960000
02970000
02980000
02990000
03000003
03010000
03020000
03030000
03040000
03050000
92
Appendix A
JCL
BLOVRLK (cont.)
INSERT GRAFGFGR
INSERT GRAFBAR
INSERT GRAFSCTR
INSERT GRAFCOMP
INSERT RNGESRVR
INSERT GRAFPTR
INSERT GRAFRSR
INSERT RNGEBRKR
INSERT GRAFUTLA
INSERT GRARUTLB
INSERT EDITOR3
INSERT EDITOR5
INSERT EDITOR6
INSERT EDSUBS
INSERT EDITOR
INSERT EXERPROG
INSERT MARKXREP
INSERT SQLSTATS
INSERT WRAPUP
INSERT FILENDR
ALIAS MARKGSI
ALIAS MARKDLI
ALIAS MARKDLI2
ALIAS MARKDLIX
NAME MARKIV(R)
03060000
03070000
03080000
03090000
03100000
03110000
03120000
03130000
03140000
03150000
03160000
03170000
03180000
03190000
03200000
03210000
03220000
03230000
03240000
03250000
03260000
03270000
03280000
03290000
03300000
BLPAL
//* MEMBER BLPAL
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JOB STREAM ALLOCATES AN M4LIB AND CATALOGS THE
00030000
//* PROGRAM ANALYZER (PAL) FILE DEFINITIONS AND APPLICATION REQUESTS.
00040000
//*
00050000
00060000
//*
00070000
//*
JOBLIB - THE BUILDER AND COMLIB LOAD LIBRARIES.
00080000
//*
00090000
93
Appendix A
JCL
BLPAL (cont.)
//*
M4LIB
- THE DSN FOR THE LIBRARY THAT WILL CONTAIN THE
//*
CATALOGED PAL FILE DEFINITIONS AND REQUESTS.
//*
//*
THIS IS A BDAM TYPE LIBRARY WITH MINIMUM SPACE
//*
ON A SYSDA UNIT.
//*
//*
M4INPUT - THE DATASET/MEMBER THAT CONTAINS THE PAL FILE
//*
DEFINITIONS AND REQUESTS.
//*
//JOBLIB
//
//*
//INIT
EXEC PGM=MARKINIT,REGION=512K
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//M4LIB
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.PALSLIB,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
//
SPACE=(TRK,2,,CONTIG),UNIT=SYSDA
//*
//DEFRUN EXEC PGM=MARKIV,REGION=1024K
//M4LIB
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.PALSLIB,DISP=SHR
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//M4INPUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB(PALFDS),DISP=SHR
//*
//PROCRUN EXEC PGM=MARKIV,REGION=1536K
//M4LIST
DD SYSOUT=*
//M4LIB
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.PALSLIB,DISP=SHR
//M4INPUT
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB(PALREQS),DISP=SHR
//
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190003
00200000
00210000
00220003
00230000
00240003
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280003
00290000
00300003
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340003
00350003
00360003
94
Appendix A
JCL
BLRLNK
//* MEMBER BLRLNK
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THE FOLLOWING SAMPLE JOB RELINKS THE VISION:BUILDER LOAD LIBRARY
00030000
//* MODULE NAMED "MARKIV". THIS MODULE USES THE OVERLAY FACILITY.
00040000
//*
00050000
//* THIS JOB IS RUN FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS:
00060000
//*
STATIC OWN CODE INTEGRATION IS REQUIRED.
00070000
//*
A NEW IMS INTERFACE MODULE (DFSLI000) IS NEEDED.
00080000
//*
A DIFFERENT LOAD LIBRARY BLKSIZE IS DESIRED
00090003
//*
00100000
//* BEFORE RUNNING THIS JOB,
00110000
//*
REVIEW THE JCL STATEMENTS FLAGGED WITH "<<<<".
00120000
//*
00130000
//*
SYSLMOD - THE LOAD LIBRARY TO CONTAIN THE RELINKED
00140000
//*
MODULE "MARKIV".
00150000
//*
LOADLIB - THE LOAD LIBRARY THAT CONTAINS THE LOAD
00160000
//*
MODULE "MARKIV".
00170000
//*
OBJLIB - AN OBJECT OR LOAD LIBRARY THAT CONTAINS THE
00180000
//*
USER’S "M4OWN" MODULE FOR STATIC INTEGRATION.
00190000
//*
00200000
//*
NOTE: IF STATIC INTEGRATION IS NOT IMPLEMENTED,
00210000
//*
COMMENT THE "OBJLIB" DD STATEMENT. A CONDITION CODE
00220000
//*
OF 8 WILL OCCUR WHEN THE DD STATEMENT IS NOT PRESENT.
00230000
//*
00240000
//*
USE THE "BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB" DATASET WHICH CONTAINS
00250003
//*
A DEFAULT "M4OWN" MODULE TO TURN OFF STATIC OWN CODE.
00260000
//*
00270000
//*
DLILIB - THE IMS LIBRARY THAT CONTAINS THE INTERFACE
00280000
//*
MODULE "DFSLI000".
00290000
//*
00300000
//*
NOTE: IF IMS IS NOT USED AT YOUR INSTALLATION,
00310000
//*
COMMENT THE "DLILIB" DD STATEMENT. A CONDITION CODE
00320000
//*
OF 8 WILL OCCUR WHEN THE DD STATEMENT IS NOT PRESENT.
00330000
//*
00340000
//*
SYSLIN - THE VISION:BUILDER RELEASE 13.8 SOURCE AND JCL
00350003
//*
DATASET THAT CONTAINS THE LINK EDIT CONTROL
00360000
//*
STATEMENT MEMBER.
00370000
95
Appendix A
JCL
BLRLNK (cont.)
//*
00380000
//* THIS JOB NORMALLY COMPLETES WITH A CONDITION CODE 4.
00390000
//*
00400000
//**********************************************************************00410000
//* RELINK THE BUILDER MODULE "MARKIV"
00420000
//**********************************************************************00430000
//RELINK EXEC PGM=HEWLKED,REGION=2M,
00440001
//
PARM=’LET,LIST,MAP,NCAL,OVLY,XCAL’
00450001
00460000
//SYSLMOD
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB,DISP=OLD
<<<<
00470003
//LOADLIB
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB,DISP=OLD
<<<<
00480003
//SYSUT1
00490000
//OBJLIB
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB,DISP=SHR
<<<<
00500003
//DLILIB
DD DSN=IMSVS.RESLIB,DISP=SHR
<<<<
00510000
//SYSLIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB(BLOVRLK),DISP=SHR <<<<
00520003
//
00530003
BLZARK
//* MEMBER BLZARK
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
//* THIS JCL SHOWS SAMPLE JOBS TO "APPLY" OR "REMOVE"
00030000
//* SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS FROM YOUR VISION:BUILDER SYSTEM LOADLIB
00040000
//*
00050000
//* SEE THE ANSRZARK UTILITY MANUAL FOR COMPLETE DETAILS.
00060000
//*
00070000
//* THE SAMPLE SHOW RUNS TO APPLY AND REMOVE RSM’S USING THE RSM’S
00080000
//* CONTAINED IN THE DELIVERED RSMS PDS.
00090000
//**********************************************************************00100000
//*
00110000
//APPLY
EXEC PGM=ANSRZARK,REGION=1024K,PARM=’INSTALL,MARKIV’
00120003
//STEPLIB
00130000
//MARKIV
00140003
//COMLIB
00150000
//SYSUT1
00160003
00170003
//SYSIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB(BL100AZZ),DISP=SHR
00180003
96
Appendix A
JCL
BLZARK (cont.)
//CONFIG
DD *
CONFIG INSTALLED=(COMLIB/MARKIV)
SELECT LIST/QFAIL
SELECT SM100/MARKIV/APPLYONLY
//*
//REMOVE EXEC PGM=ANSRZARK,REGION=1024K,PARM=’INSTALL,MARKIV’
//STEPLIB
//MARKIV
//COMLIB
//SYSUT1
//SYSIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB(BL100AZZ),DISP=SHR
//CONFIG
DD *
SELECT LIST/QFAIL
SELECT SM100/MARKIV/APPLYONLY
SELECT SM100/MARKIV/BACKOUT
//
00190003
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240003
00250000
00260003
00270000
00280003
00290003
00300003
00310003
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360003
CLASM1
//* MEMBER CLASM1
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
00030000
//* COMLIB COMPONENT PARAMETER MODULE
00040000
//* MARKLIBP.
00050000
//*
00060000
00070000
//
SRCMEM=,
00080000
//
LOADLIB=
00090000
//ASM
00100001
//
00110000
//SYSLIB
00120000
//SYSUT1
00130000
//SYSLIN
00140000
//
SPACE=(TRK,(1,1))
00150000
00160000
97
Appendix A
JCL
CLASM1 (cont.)
//SYSIN
00170000
//*
00180000
//LINK
00190001
//
00200001
//SYSUT1
00210000
//OBJECT
00220000
//SYSLMOD
00230000
//LOADLIB
00240000
00250000
//
PEND
00260000
//**********************************************************************00270000
00280000
//* AND LINK THE COMLIB COMPONENT PARAMETER MODULE.
00290000
//*
00300000
//*
00310000
//*
00320000
//*
00330000
//*
00340000
//*
00350000
//*
00360000
//**********************************************************************00370000
//* MARKLIBP ASSEMBLY AND LINK
00380000
//**********************************************************************00390000
//*
00400000
//CLPARM EXEC ASMBPRM,
00410000
//
00420000
//
SRCMEM=’MARKLIBP’,
00430000
//
LOADLIB=’BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB’
00440000
//*
00450000
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
00460000
INCLUDE OBJECT
00470000
NAME MARKLIBP(R)
00480000
/*
00490000
98
Appendix A
JCL
CLCOBLL
//* MEMBER CLCOBLL
//********************************************************************
//* LINK EDIT LIBRARIAN INTERFACE MODULES WITH COBOL QUICK START.
*
//********************************************************************
//CLLIBLK PROC CLLOAD=,
//
LIBLOAD=
//LINK
EXEC PGM=IEWL,REGION=2M,PARM=’LET,LIST,MAP,NCAL’
//SYSLIB
DD DUMMY
//SYSUT1
//LIBSYS
DD DSN=&LIBLOAD,DISP=SHR
//LLIB
DD DSN=&CLLOAD,DISP=SHR
//SYSLMOD
//
PEND
//********************************************************************
//* BEFORE SUBMITTING THIS JCL, YOU MUST SPECIFY THE FOLLOWING
*
//* INFORMATION:
*
//*
*
//*
CLLOAD - NAME OF YOUR COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
LIBLOAD - NAME OF YOUR LIBRARIAN SYSTEM LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
*
//********************************************************************
//LIBLINK EXEC CLLIBLK,
//
CLLOAD=’BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB’,
//
LIBLOAD=’LIBRARN.SYSTEM.LOADLIB’
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRCLS)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRERR)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRLOC)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRMOD)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRNTE)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIROPN)
00010001
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070001
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00600002
00610002
00620002
00630002
00640002
00650002
00660002
99
Appendix A
JCL
CLCOBLL (cont.)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRPNT)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRREC)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRSCAN)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRSEC)
INCLUDE LLIB(COMLIBL)
ENTRY COMLIBL
NAME COMLIBL(R)
/*
00670002
00680002
00690002
00700002
00710002
00720002
00730002
00740002
CLCOBPL
//* MEMBER CLCOBPL
//********************************************************************
//* LINK EDIT PANVALET INTERFACE MODULES WITH COBOL QUICK START.
*
//********************************************************************
//CLPANLK PROC CLLOAD=,
//
PANLOAD=
//LINK
EXEC PGM=IEWL,REGION=2M,PARM=’LET,LIST,MAP,NCAL’
//SYSLIB
DD DUMMY
//SYSUT1
//LIBSYS
DD DSN=&PANLOAD,DISP=SHR
//LLIB
//SYSLMOD
//
PEND
//********************************************************************
*
//* INFORMATION:
*
//*
*
//*
*
//*
PANLOAD - NAME OF YOUR PANVALET SYSTEM LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
*
//********************************************************************
//PANLINK EXEC CLPANLK,
00010001
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070001
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
100
Appendix A
JCL
CLCOBPL (cont.)
//
//
PANLOAD=’PANVALET.SYSTEM.LOADLIB’
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
INCLUDE LIBSYS(PAM)
INCLUDE LLIB(COMLIBP)
ENTRY COMLIBP
NAME COMLIBP(R)
/*
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
CLCOBQS
//* MEMBER CLCOBQS
//*********************************************************************
//* EXECUTE THE COBOL QUICK START UTILITY.
*
//* ***** NOTE *****
*
//* THE SYSCOPY DD STATEMENT IS USED FOR MVS COPYBOOK LIBRARIES.
*
//* THE PANDD1 DD STATEMENT IS USED FOR PANVALET COPYBOOK LIBRARIES. *
//* THE MASTER DD STATEMENT IS USED FOR LIBRARIAN COPYBOOK LIBRARIES *
//*********************************************************************
//COBOLQS PROC CLLOAD=,
//
COPYLIB=,
//
DEFLIB=,
//
MEMBER=
//COBOLQS EXEC PGM=COBOLQS,REGION=1024K
//STEPLIB
//SYSCOPY
DD DSN=&COPYLIB,DISP=SHR
//PANDD1
//MASTER
//SYS004
DD DSN=&DEFLIB(&MEMBER),DISP=OLD
//SYSIN
DD DUMMY
//
PEND
//********************************************************************
*
//* INFORMATION:
*
//*
*
//*
*
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230002
00240000
00250000
00260000
101
Appendix A
JCL
CLCOBQS (cont.)
//*
COPYLIB - NAME OF YOUR COBOL COPY LIBRARY. THIS IS AN
*
//*
MVS, PANVALET, OR LIBRARIAN COPYBOOK LIBRARY.
*
//*
DEFLIB - NAME OF YOUR COMLIB SOURCE DEFINITION LIBRARY.
*
//*
THE GENERATED FILE DEFINITION IS WRITTEN TO
*
//*
THIS LIBRARY.
*
//*
MEMBER - MEMBER NAME FOR THE DEFINITION YOU ARE GENERATING.
*
//*
*
//* YOU MUST ALSO PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE SYSIN DATA IN THE
*
//* COBOLQS.SYSIN DD OVERRIDE STMT.
*
//********************************************************************
//QS
EXEC COBOLQS,
//
//
COPYLIB=’COBOL.COPYBOOK.LIBRARY’,
//
DEFLIB=’COMLIB.DEFLIB’,
//
MEMBER=’SAMPLEFD’
//COBOLQS.SYSIN DD *
FILEGEN NAME=SAMPLEFD,TYPE=FIXED,RECSIZE=80
SEGMENT NAME=OFFICE,NUMBER=10,LEVEL=1
$COBOL
01 OFFICE-DATA.
02 OFFICE-CODE
PIC S9(3).
02 OFFICE-ADDRESS.
03 OFFICE-STREET
PIC X(20).
03 OFFICE-CITY
PIC X(15).
03 OFFICE-STATE
PIC X(2).
03 OFFICE-ZIP.
04 OFFICE-ZIP-FIRST-FIVE PIC X(5).
04 OFFICE-ZIP-LAST-FOUR
PIC X(4).
02 OFFICE-PHONE
PIC 9(7).
02 OFFICE-AREA-CODE
PIC X(3).
02 SPEED-DIAL
PIC X(3).
02 FILLER
PIC X(18).
$ECOBOL
/*
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
102
Appendix A
JCL
CLDB2QS
//* MEMBER CLDB2QS
//********************************************************************
//* EXECUTE THE DB2 QUICK START UTILITY.
*
//********************************************************************
//DB2QS
PROC CLLOAD=,
//
DB2LOAD=,
//
DEFLIB=
//DB2QS
EXEC PGM=DB2QS,REGION=1024K
//STEPLIB
//
DD DSN=&DB2LOAD,DISP=SHR
//SYSTERM
DD DUMMY
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*,
//
DCB=(DSORG=PS,RECFM=FBA,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=1330)
//SYS004
DD DSN=&DEFLIB,DISP=OLD
//SYSIN
DD DUMMY
//
PEND
//********************************************************************
*
//* INFORMATION:
*
//*
*
//*
*
//*
DB2LOAD - NAME OF YOUR DB2 DSN.DSNLOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
DEFLIB - NAME OF YOUR COMLIB SOURCE DEFINITION LIBRARY.
*
//*
THE GENERATED FILE DEFINITION IS WRITTEN TO
*
//*
THIS LIBRARY.
*
//*
*
//* YOU MUST ALSO PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE SYSIN DATA IN THE
*
//* DB2QS.SYSIN DD OVERRIDE STMT.
*
//********************************************************************
//*
//QS
EXEC DB2QS,
//
//
DB2LOAD=’DB2.SYSTEM.DSNLOAD’,
//
DEFLIB=’COMLIB.DEFLIB’
//*
//DB2QS.SYSIN DD
*
DB2CNTL DB2PLAN=DB2QS,DB2SYS=DB2T
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180002
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
103
Appendix A
JCL
CLDB2QS (cont.)
FILEGEN NAME=DB2FD,BUFFSIZE=1024K
SEGMENT NAME=DEPT,NUMBER=10,LEVEL=1,TABLE=DEPT,CREATOR=DSN8230,
PRINT=ALL
NEWPAGE
SEGMENT NAME=EMPLOYEE,NUMBER=20,LEVEL=2,TABLE=EMP,CREATOR=DSN8230,
PRINT=ALL
NEWPAGE
SEGMENT NAME=PROJECT,NUMBER=30,LEVEL=2,TABLE=PROJ,CREATOR=DSN8230,
PRINT=ALL
/*
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
CLINQQS
//* MEMBER CLINQQS
//*********************************************************************
//* UTILITY TO CONVERT VISION:INQUIRY FILE DEFINITIONS INTO
*
//* VISION:BUILDER OR VISION:INFORM FORMAT FILE DEFINITIONS.
*
//* THE VISION:INQUIRY FILE DEFINITIONS MUST COME FROM AN
*
//* VISION:INQUIRY UNLOADED SYSTEM DATABASE FILE. SEE YOUR
*
//* VISION:INQUIRY TECHNICAL REFERENCE MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ON
*
//* HOW TO CREATE AN UNLOADED COPY OF THE SYSTEM DATABASE.
*
//*
*
//* THIS UTILITY MAY ALSO BE INVOKED UNDER TSO/ISPF USING THE
*
//* VISION:INFORM DEFINITION PROCESSOR IMPORT FUNCTION.
*
//*********************************************************************
//INQRYQS PROC RGN=2M,
//
BLLOAD=,
//
CLLOAD=,
//
ULSYSDB=,
//
DEFLIB=
//INQRYQS EXEC PGM=INQRYQS,REGION=&RGN
//STEPLIB
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CLLOAD
//
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&BLLOAD
//SYSUT1
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&ULSYSDB
//SYS004
DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&DEFLIB
//
PEND
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00141000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190001
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
104
Appendix A
JCL
CLINQQS (cont.)
//*********************************************************************
//* FOLLOWING IS A SAMPLE EXECUTION OF THIS PROCEDURE. BEFORE YOU
*
//* RUN THIS PROCEDURE, SPECIFY:
*
//*
*
//*
RGN
- THE REGION SIZE; DEFAULT IS 2M.
*
//*
BLLOAD - THE BUILDER LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
CLLOAD - THE COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
ULSYSDB - THE UNLOADED VISION:INQUIRY SYSTEM DATABASE FILE.
*
//*
DEFLIB - THE VISION:INFORM DEFINITION LIBRARY.
*
//*********************************************************************
//STEP01 EXEC INQRYQS,RGN=2M,
//
BLLOAD=’BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB’,
//
//
ULSYSDB=’VISION.INQUIRY.UNLOADED.SYSDBASE’,
//
DEFLIB=’VISION.BUILDER.DEFLIB’
//SYSIN
DD *
FILEGEN NAME=VSHPLANT,FLDPREFX=PLT
FILEGEN NAME=SALARIES,FLDPREFX=SAL
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00291000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00341000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
CLQSBND
//* MEMBER CLQSBND
//********************************************************************
//* BIND THE DB2 PLAN FOR THE DB2 QUICK START UTILITY.
*
//*
*
//* BEFORE SUBMITTING THIS JCL, YOU MUST SPECIFIY THE FOLLOWING
*
//* INFORMATION:
*
//*
*
//*
- NAME OF YOUR DB2 SYSTEM DSNLOAD LIBRARY AS THE
*
//*
STEPLIB DATA SET NAME.
*
//*
*
//*
- APPROPRIATE VALUES FOR THE SYSTSIN DSN PARAMETERS:
*
//*
*
//*
PARAMETER
*
//*
--------*
//*
SYSTEM
YOUR DB2 SUBSYSTEM ID.
*
//*
PLAN
NAME OF YOUR DB2 PLAN FOR THE DB2 QUICK
*
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
105
Appendix A
JCL
CLQSBND (cont.)
//*
START UTILITY.
*
//*
LIBRARY
NAME OF THE LIBRARY CONTAINING THE DB2
*
//*
QUICK START DATA BASE REQUEST MODULE (DBRM).
*
//*
THE DB2 QUICK START DBRM IS DELIVERED IN THE
*
//*
BUILDER WORKLIB PDS MEMBER DB2QDBRM.
*
//*
MEMBER
NAME OF THE DB2 QUICK START DBRM - DB2QDBRM
*
//*
QUALIFIER
NAME OF THE QUALIFIER FOR YOUR DB2 SYSTEM
*
//*
CATALOG TABLE. THIS MUST BE THE QUALIFIER
*
//*
FOR YOUR SYSCOLUMNS TABLE (E.G., SYSIBM).
*
//********************************************************************
//BINDPGM EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20,REGION=1024K
//STEPLIB
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=DB2.SYSTEM.DSNLOAD
//SYSTSIN
DD *
DSN SYSTEM(DB2T)
BIND PLAN (DB2QS) LIBRARY (’BUILDER.BL138.WORKLIB’) MEMBER (DB2QDBRM) QUALIFIER (SYSIBM) ACTION (REPLACE ) RETAIN
END
/*
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200002
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
CLRESLL
//* MEMBER CLRESLL
//********************************************************************
//* LINK LIBRARIAN INTERFACE MODULES WITH RESULTS QUICK START.
*
//********************************************************************
//LBLNK PROC LOADLIB=,
//
LIBLOAD=
//LINK
EXEC PGM=IEWL,REGION=1M,PARM=’LIST,MAP,LET,NCAL’
//SYSLIB
DD DUMMY
//SYSUT1
//LIBSYS
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&LIBLOAD
//SYSLMOD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&LOADLIB
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
106
Appendix A
JCL
CLRESLL (cont.)
//
PEND
//********************************************************************
*
//* INFORMATION:
*
//*
*
//*
LOADLIB - NAME OF YOUR COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
LIBLOAD - NAME OF YOUR LIBRARIAN SYSTEM LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//********************************************************************
//LIBLINK EXEC LBLNK,
//
LOADLIB=’BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB’,
//
LIBLOAD=’LIBRARN.SYSTEM.LOADLIB’
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRCLS)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIROPN)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRREC)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRMOD)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRERR)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRLOC)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRNTE)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRPNT)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRSCAN)
INCLUDE LIBSYS(FAIRSEC)
INCLUDE SYSLMOD(DYL280LX)
ENTRY DYL280L
NAME DYL280L(R)
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
CLRESPL
//* MEMBER CLRESPL
//********************************************************************
//* LINK PANVALET INTERFACE MODULES WITH RESULTS QUICK START.
*
//********************************************************************
//PNLNK PROC LOADLIB=,
//
PANLOAD=
//LINK
EXEC PGM=IEWL,REGION=1M,PARM=’LIST,MAP,LET,NCAL’
//SYSLIB
DD DUMMY
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
107
Appendix A
JCL
CLRESPL (cont.)
//SYSUT1
//LIBSYS
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&PANLOAD
//SYSLMOD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&LOADLIB
//
PEND
//********************************************************************
*
//* INFORMATION:
*
//*
*
//*
LOADLIB - NAME OF YOUR COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
PANLOAD - NAME OF YOUR PANVALET SYSTEM LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//********************************************************************
//PANLINK EXEC PNLNK,
//
LOADLIB=’BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB’,
//
PANLOAD=’PANVALET.SYSTEM.LOADLIB’
//LINK.SYSLIN DD *
INCLUDE LIBSYS(PAM)
INCLUDE SYSLMOD(DYL280PX)
ENTRY DYL280P
NAME DYL280P(R)
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
CLRESQS
//* MEMBER CLRESQS
//*********************************************************************
//* EXECUTE THE RESULTS QUICK START UTILITY
*
//* ***** NOTE *****
*
//* THE SYSCOPY DD STATEMENT IS USED FOR MVS COPYBOOK LIBRARIES.
*
//* THE PANDD1 DD STATEMENT IS USED FOR PANVALET COPYBOOK LIBRARIES. *
//* THE MASTER DD STATEMENT IS USED FOR LIBRARIAN COPYBOOK LIBRARIES *
//*********************************************************************
//RESLTQS PROC RGN=2M,
//
CLLOAD=,
//
BLLOAD=,
//
DEFLIB=,
//
MEMBER=,
//
RSLTLIB=,
//
RSLTDEF=
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110002
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
108
Appendix A
JCL
CLRESQS (cont.)
//CONVRT EXEC PGM=RESULTQS,REGION=&RGN
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CLLOAD
//
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&BLLOAD
//*SYSCOPY DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.RESULTS.COPYLIB
//*PANDD1 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.PANVALET.LIBRARY
//*MASTER DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.LIBR.MASTER
//SYS004
DD DISP=OLD,DSN=&DEFLIB(&MEMBER)
//SYSIN
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&RSLTLIB(&RSLTDEF)
//
PEND
//*********************************************************************
//* FOLLOWING IS A SAMPLE EXECUTION OF THIS PROCEDURE. BEFORE YOU
*
//* RUN THIS PROCEDURE, SPECIFY:
*
//*
*
//*
RGN
- THE REGION SIZE. DEFAULT IS 2M.
*
//*
CLLOAD - THE NAME OF YOUR COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
BLLOAD - THE NAME OF YOUR BUILDER LOAD LIBRARY.
*
//*
DEFLIB - THE LIBRARY(PDS) TO CONTAIN THE BUILDER DEFINITIONS. *
//*
MEMBER - THE PDS MEMBER NAME FOR THE CONVERTED VISION:BUILDER *
//*
FILE DEFINITION IN THE DEFINITION LIBRARY.
*
//*
RSLTLIB - THE PDS CONTAINING THE VISION:RESULTS FILE
*
//*
DEFINITION SOURCE STATEMENTS.
*
//*
RSLTDEF - THE PDS MEMBER NAME OF THE INPUT VISION:RESULTS
*
//*
FILE DEFINITION TO BE CONVERTED.
*
//*
*
//* *** N O T E ***
*
//*
*
//* THIS PROCEDURE ASSUMES INPUT FROM A PDS MEMBER. OPTIONALLY, IT
*
//* MAY ALSO COME FROM A RESULTS COPY (MVS PDS), COPYP (PANVALET),
*
//* OR COPYL (LIBRARIAN) STATEMENT. IF SO, YOU MUST UN-COMMENT THE
*
//* APPROPRIATE SYSCOPY (MVS PDS), PANDD1 (PANVALET), OR MASTER
*
//* (LIBRARIAN) DD STATEMENT IN THE PROCEDURE, SPECIFYING THE
*
//* PROPER DATA SET NAME FOR THE LIBRARY USED. PLEASE REFER TO THE
*
//* MANUAL FOR DETAILS IN SETTING UP COPY SUPPORT.
*
00160000
00170000
00180002
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320002
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
109
Appendix A
JCL
CLRESQS (cont.)
//*********************************************************************
//STEP01 EXEC RESLTQS,RGN=2M,
//
//
BLLOAD=’BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB’,
//
DEFLIB=’VISION.BUILDER.DEFLIB’,
//
MEMBER=FILENAME,
//
RSLTLIB=’VISION.RESULTS.FILEDEFS’,
//
RSLTDEF=FILENAME
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530003
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
CLZARK
//* MEMBER CLZARK
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
00030000
//* SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS FROM YOUR COMLIB LOADLIB
00040000
//*
00050000
00060000
//*
00070000
00080000
00090000
//**********************************************************************00100000
//*
00110000
//APPLY
EXEC PGM=ANSRZARK,REGION=1024K,PARM=’INSTALL,COMLIB’
00120000
//STEPLIB
00130000
//MARKIV
00140002
//COMLIB
00150000
//SYSUT1
00160000
00170000
//SYSIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB(CL100AZZ),DISP=SHR
00180002
//CONFIG
DD *
00190000
00200000
SELECT LIST/QFAIL
00210000
SELECT SM100/COMLIB/APPLYONLY
00220000
/*
00230000
//*
00240000
//REMOVE
EXEC PGM=ANSRZARK,REGION=1024K,PARM=’INSTALL,COMLIB’
00250000
//STEPLIB
00260000
110
Appendix A
JCL
CLZARK (cont.)
//MARKIV
//COMLIB
//SYSUT1
//SYSIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB(CL100AZZ),DISP=SHR
//CONFIG
DD *
SELECT LIST/QFAIL
SELECT SM100/COMLIB/APPLYONLY
SELECT SM100/COMLIB/BACKOUT
/*
00270002
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310002
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
WBZARK
//* MEMBER WBZARK
00010000
//**********************************************************************00020000
00030000
//* SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS FROM YOUR VISION:WORKBENCH FOR ISPF
00040000
//*
00050000
00060000
//*
00070000
00080000
00090000
//**********************************************************************00100000
//*
00110000
//APPLY
EXEC PGM=ANSRZARK,REGION=1024K,PARM=’INSTALL,MARKI’
00120003
//STEPLIB
00130000
//MARKI
00140003
//MARKIMSG DD DSN=BUILDER.WB058.MSGS,DISP=SHR
00150003
//MARKIPNL DD DSN=BUILDER.WB058.PANELS,DISP=SHR
00160003
//MARKIV
00170003
//COMLIB
00180000
//SYSUT1
00190003
00200003
//SYSIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB(WB100AZZ),DISP=SHR
00210003
//CONFIG
DD *
00220003
CONFIG INSTALLED=(COMLIB/MARKIV/MARKI)
00230000
111
Appendix A
JCL
WBZARK (cont.)
SELECT LIST/QFAIL
SELECT SM100/MARKI/APPLYONLY
//*
//REMOVE EXEC PGM=ANSRZARK,REGION=1024K,PARM=’INSTALL,MARKI’
//STEPLIB
//MARKI
//MARKIMSG DD DSN=BUILDER.WB058.MSGS,DISP=SHR
//MARKIPNL DD DSN=BUILDER.WB058.PANELS,DISP=SHR
//MARKIV
//COMLIB
//SYSUT1
//SYSIN
DD DSN=BUILDER.BL138.RSMLIB(WB100AZZ),DISP=SHR
//CONFIG
DD *
CONFIG INSTALLED=(COMLIB/MARKIV/MARKI)
SELECT LIST/QFAIL
SELECT SM100/MARKI/APPLYONLY
SELECT SM100/MARKI/BACKOUT
//
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270003
00280000
00290003
00300003
00310003
00320003
00330000
00340003
00350003
00360003
00370003
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420003
112
Appendix B
VISION:Builder Parameter Modules
VISION:Builder provides default values for many of the parameters. These values are
usually determined by the operating environment in each installation. These
parameters affect various functions of the system. Because these parameters are part of
the installation process, VISION:Builder provides you with the capability of changing
their default values.
This appendix describes the following modules:
■
M4PARAMS and M4LEPARM on page 114
■
M4SFPARM on page 142
■
MARKLIBP on page 148
■
MARKSQL on page 153
■
Query Language Parameters — BQLPARM on page 165
■
Online Language Parameters — OQLPARM on page 178
113
Appendix B
M4PARAMS and M4LEPARM
M4PARAMS and M4LEPARM are used for changing default values. Both are supplied with
VISION:Builder as Assembly Language source CSECTs and are well documented in their
source form. A list of the CSECTs follows; the default is clearly indicated for each
parameter.
You can replace any of the parameters as wanted, but do not make any changes that
would modify the relative location of any field. The CSECT is link edited as a load module
after the installation of VISION:Builder. It can be changed at any time and the last version
included in the system determines the installation standards. Multiple versions of
M4PARAMS or M4LEPARM can be maintained in separate partitioned data sets. If this is
done, the JOBLIB statement for M4PARAMS or M4LEPARM must precede the one for
VISION:Builder (concatenation) when VISION:Builder is executed. This ensures that the
alternate version is used.
M4PARAMS and M4LEPARM are supplied with each new release of VISION:Builder and,
as improvements and extensions are included in the system, they may change to reflect
these modifications. Therefore, it is necessary to link edit the new version of M4PARAMS
or M4LEPARM with each new release. Any changes to M4PARAMS or M4LEPARM are
explained in the New Release Planning Guide that accompanies each new release of
VISION:Builder.
Refer any questions concerning M4PARAMS or M4LEPARM to Sterling Software
Technical Support. See Contacting Sterling Software starting on page 227 for more
information.
114
Appendix B
The special symbols in this
M4PARAMS table are for the
PN print chain. Installations
not using a PN chain must
change the symbols
accordingly.
Parameter
Parameter
Name
User ID
USERID
Installation identification from
Sterling Software.
Delimiter
DELIMITR
#
Page height
HEIGHT
66 lines
M4LIST width – Default width
of page
LSTWIDTH
132 print positions
Default width of page
LSTDFWOP
0 (M4LIST width)
Automatic GRAND summaries
are printed on a separate page
at the end of each report
AUTOGRND
Automatic GRAND summaries
are not generated.
Report column heading
border character
HEADCHAR
- (hyphen)
Repeating (S-type) subtitles
SUBTITLE
S-type subtitles do not repeat
on page overflow.
Symbol for invalid field due to
computation
INVALID
*
Symbol for non-existent field
NOTEXIST
- (hyphen)
Symbol for field that cannot be
edited
NOTEDIT
+
VISION:Builder Standard
115
Appendix B
Parameter (cont.)
Parameter
Name
Percent sign
PERCENT
%
Summary labels
TOTAL, CUM,
COUNT, MAX,
MIN, AVG, RATIO,
PCT, PAGE,
GRAND
TOTAL, CUM., COUNT, MAX.,
MIN., AVG., RATIO, PCT., PAGE,
GRAND
Left formatting delimiter for
source listing
LEFTMRK
(
Right formatting delimiter for
source listing
RIGHTMRK
)
Double delimiter (used when
both left and right formatting
delimiter fall in the same place)
SINGSEP
,
Source card listing control
SLCCTL
ASA control character blank
(single space)
Message control
PRINT,CONSOLE
Messages print on printer.
Occasional messages print on
console but only if operator
action is required.
Each Summary and Page
label can contain up to
five characters.
116
Appendix B
Parameter (cont.)
Parameter
Name
Block size for M4REPO
REPOSIZ
4096
The default value for the subfile
blocking factor for variable
blocked records is:
[M4REPO block size]
The default value for the subfile
blocking factor for undefined
blocked records is:
[M4REPO block size] – 8
Number of buffers for input
files
INPUT
2
Number of buffers for output
files
OUTPUT
1
One-step report storage
REPTSIZE
8192 (8192 KB)– The amount of
storage allocated to the report
phase of a single-step no-sort
processing run.
One-step sort storage
SORTSIZE
524288
117
Appendix B
Parameter (cont.)
Parameter
Name
Characters in edit patterns:
■
Digit select character
DIGCHAR
9
■
Zero suppress character
ZSPCHAR
Z
■
Currency symbol character
CURCHAR
$
■
Plus symbol character
PLUCHAR
+
■
Minus symbol character
MINCHAR
–
■
Check protection character
CKPCHAR
*
■
Decimal point character
DECCHAR
.
■
Grouping character
GRPCHAR
,
118
Appendix B
Parameter (cont.)
Parameter
Name
GRAPHICS:
■
Primary plot character
PRMCHAR
X
■
Secondary plot character
SCDCHAR
*
■
Fit plot character
FITCHAR
.
■
Horizontal axis character
HZACHAR
_ (underscore)
■
Horizontal hash character
HZHCHAR
| (vertical bar)
■
Vertical axis character
VTACHAR
| (vertical bar)
■
Vertical hash character
VTHCHAR
- (hyphen)
Time Processing in models 4260, 4360, and 4460:
■
First conversion factor
MULTPLR1
60 – indicating minutes per
hour.
■
Second conversion factor
MULTPLR2
60 – indicating seconds per
min.
■
Units delimiter
TIMEDELM
: (colon)
JAN, FEB, MAR,
APR, MAY, JUN,
JUL, AUG, SEP,
OCT, NOV, DEC
JAN, FEB, MAR, APR, MAY, JUN,
JUL, AUG, SEP, OCT, NOV, DEC
Months
119
Appendix B
Parameter (cont.)
Parameter
Name
DATE flag format
DATE
MMM DD, YYYY
TODAY flag format
M4TODAY
MMDDYY
DATE flag delimiters:
■
TODAY
TODAYDLM
/ (that is, MM/DD/YY)
■
ISDATE
ISDATDLM
- (that is, YYYY-MM-DD)
■
JULIAN
JULDLM
. (that is, YY.DDD)
Sort program
SORTPGM
5740-SM1
Maximum working storage
MAXGETMN
1024 (1024 KB)
Minimum main storage
released using FREEMAIN
MINCORE
12 (12 KB)
GRAPHICS:
■
Alternate M4LIST width
ALTWIDTH
132 print positions
■
Alternate default width of
page
ALTDFWOP
0 (M4LIST1 width)
A value of zero (0) in
ALTDFWOP causes the
system to use the
alternate M4LIST width
for this specification.
120
Appendix B
Parameter (cont.)
Parameter
Name
Suppress no-data-selected
report
SUPRSNDS
N – The skeleton report is
printed.
Default codes to print the
information and warning
messages for run phases
DECMSOPT
Y – Yes
PROMSOPT
Y – Yes
RPTMSOPT
Y – Yes
File processing AMODE(31)
AMODE31
Y – Yes
M4PAOUT maximum lines
PALTRCMX
1024 lines of space
High level ISAM index control
COREINDX
0 (no indices in storage)
Default condition codes
CONDCOD1
0 – Normal
CONDCOD2
4 – Error termination
CONDCOD3
8 – No sorting (specified)
CONDCOD4
16 – No sorting (invalid
requests)
121
Appendix B
M4PARAMS Source Code
MPOVS
TITLE 'M4PARAMS - STERLING SOFTWARE, INC.'
ISEQ 73,80
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF
*
*
STERLING SOFTWARE, INC.
*
*
USE RESTRICTED BY WRITTEN LICENSE AGREEMENT
*
*
*
*
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE
*
*
*
*
*
*
COPYRIGHT (C) STERLING SOFTWARE, INC.
*
*
AS AN UNPUBLISHED WORK. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
SPACE 3
MACRO
C265
M4TODAY &FORMAT
C265
LCLA &ACCUM
C265
&ACCUM
SETA 0
C265
AIF
(’&FORMAT’ EQ ’MMDDYY’).EQU
C265
&ACCUM
SETA 4
C265
AIF
(’&FORMAT’ EQ ’DDMMYY’).EQU
C265
&ACCUM
SETA 8
C265
AIF
(’&FORMAT’ EQ ’YYMMDD’).EQU
C265
&ACCUM
SETA 12
C265
AIF
(’&FORMAT’ EQ ’YYDDMM’).EQU
C265
&ACCUM
SETA 16
C265
AIF
(’&FORMAT’ EQ ’DDYYMM’).EQU
C265
&ACCUM
SETA 20
C265
AIF
(’&FORMAT’ EQ ’MMYYDD’).EQU
C265
MNOTE 8,’ILLEGAL TODAY FORMAT, MMDDYY ASSUMED’
C265
&ACCUM
SETA 0
C265
.EQU
ANOP
C265
TODAY
EQU
&ACCUM
C265
MEND
C265
EJECT
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
122
Appendix B
M4PARAMS Source Code (cont.)
***********************************************************************
*
USERS MUST NOT MAKE CHANGES BEFORE THIS PAGE
C265
***********************************************************************
EJECT
M4PARAMS CSECT
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
THIS ROUTINE CONTAINS ALL PARAMETERS WHICH MAY BE SET AS USER
*
*
OPTIONS.
*
*
1. USERS MAY CHANGE ANY OF THE ITEMS WITHIN THE RANGES SPECIFIED. *
*
2. USERS MUST NOT CHANGE THE LENGTH OF ANY ASSEMBLY ITEMS.
*
*
3. USERS MUST NOT CHANGE ITEMS THAT PRECEDE THE PAGE MARKED
*
*
"* USERS MUST NOT MAKE CHANGES BEFORE THIS PAGE *."
*
*
4. USERS MUST NOT CHANGE ITEMS THAT FOLLOW THE PAGE MARKED
*
*
"* USERS MUST NOT MAKE CHANGES FOLLOWING THIS PAGE *."
*
*
*
*
THIS ROUTINE MAY BE ASSEMBLED AND LINK EDITED AFTER BUILDER
*
*
INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. IF ALL OF THE DEFAULT PARAMETERS
*
*
ARE SATISFACTORY, NO ACTION IS NEEDED. OTHERWISE, THE MODIFIED
*
*
MODULE MUST BE ASSEMBLED AND LINK EDITED ACCORDING TO THE
*
*
INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED IN THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
EJECT
*
* USER ID
- THIRTY-TWO CHARACTERS OF TEXT TO PRINT IN THE
*
SIGN ON.
*
USERID
DC
CL32’ ’
SPACE 5
*
* SYSTEM
- ANY VALID PRINTABLE OR UNPRINTABLE CHARACTER
11.0
* DELIMITER
EXCEPT UNDERSCORE (X’6D’) AND TILDE (X’A1’).
11.0
*
THIS CHARACTER IS RESERVED AND MAY NOT APPEAR
11.0
*
IN ANY STATEMENTS EXCEPT FOR ITS USE
*
AS A DELIMITER.
*
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610000
00620000
00630000
00640000
00650000
00660000
00670000
00680000
00690000
00700000
00710000
00720000
00730000
00740000
123
Appendix B
DELIMITR EQU
SPACE
*
* PAGE
* HEIGHT
*
*
*
*
HEIGHT
EQU
SPACE
*
* M4LIST
* WIDTH
*
*
*
LSTWIDTH EQU
*
* DEFAULT
* WIDTH OF
* PAGE
*
*
*
*
*
*
LSTDFWOP EQU
EJECT
*
* AUTOMATIC
* GRAND
* SUMMARIES
*
*
*
C’#’
5
DEFAULT = POUND (NUMBER) SIGN
- THE NUMBER OF PRINTABLE LINES ON A PAGE. THIS
NUMBER MUST BE GREATER THAN ZERO AND MUST BE
COMPATIBLE WITH THE DEFAULT PRINTER FORM AND
SIZE SPECIFICATION FOR THE PRINTERS AT YOUR SITE.
THE VALUE ASSUMES A SETTING OF 6 LINES PER INCH.
66
5
DEFAULT = 11 INCH PAGE AT 6 LPI
- THE NUMBER OF PRINTABLE COLUMNS ON THE M4LIST
OUTPUT DEVICE, NOT INCLUDING THE ASA CONTROL
CHARACTER. THIS IS THE M4LIST RECORD LENGTH-1,
AND MUST BE AT LEAST 132 COLUMNS.
132
DEFAULT = 132 COLUMNS
- THE NUMBER OF PRINTABLE COLUMNS ON AN OUTPUT
REPORT PAGE, NOT INCLUDING THE ASA CONTROL
CHARACTER. THIS IS THE DEFAULT VALUE USED IF
"WIDTH OF PAGE" ON THE EN/ER STATEMENT IS LEFT
BLANK. THIS VALUE MUST NOT EXCEED THE M4LIST
WIDTH (LSTWIDTH) SPECIFIED ABOVE.
NOTE: A ZERO VALUE WILL CAUSE THE SYSTEM TO
USE M4LIST WIDTH FOR THIS SPECIFICATION.
0
DEFAULT = M4LIST WIDTH
- THE AUTOMATIC GRAND SUMMARIES FEATURE PROVIDES
GRAND SUMMARIES FOR ALL FIELDS FOR WHICH A
SUMMARY HAS BEEN REQUESTED ON A REPORT. THE
FEATURE IS ACTIVATED BY ENTERING AN 8. THE
FEATURE IS DEACTIVATED BY ENTERING A 0.
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
00750000
00760000
00770000
00780000
00790000
00800000
00810000
00820000
00830000
00840000
00850000
00860000
00870000
00880000
00890000
00900000
00910000
00920000
00930000
00940000
00950000
00960000
00970000
00980000
00990000
01000000
01010000
01020000
01030000
01040000
01050000
01060000
01070000
01080000
01090000
01100000
01110000
124
Appendix B
AUTOGRND EQU
SPACE
*
* REPORT
* COLUMN
* HEADING
* CHARACTER
*
*
*
*
HEADCHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* S-TYPE
* SUBTITLE
* CONTROL
*
*
*
SUBTITLE EQU
EJECT
*
* SPECIAL
* OUTPUT
* CHARACTERS
*
*
*
*
INVALID EQU
NOTEXIST EQU
NOTEDIT EQU
SPACE
*
* PERCENT
* CHARACTER
0
5
01120000
01130000
01140000
- ANY VALID PRINTABLE OR UNPRINTABLE CHARACTER.
01150000
THIS CHARACTER WILL BE USED TO FORM THE LINES
01160000
AROUND COLUMNS HEADINGS ON REPORTS. IF A BLANK
01170000
IS SPECIFIED, ONE BLANK LINE WILL BE PRINTED
01180000
BETWEEN THE COLUMN HEADINGS AND THE DETAIL LINES
01190000
FOR SINGLE-SPACED REPORTS, TWO FOR DOUBLE-SPACED
01200000
REPORTS, ETC.
01210000
01220000
C’-’
DEFAULT = DASH (HYPHEN)
01230000
5
01240000
01250000
- THE REPEATING SUBTITLE FEATURE PROVIDES FOR
01260000
THE PRINTING OF THE PREVIOUS S-TYPE SUBTITLE
01270000
UPON THE COMPLETION OF PAGE OVERFLOW. THE
01280000
FEATURE IS ACTIVATED BY ENTERING A 1. THE
01290000
FEATURE IS DEACTIVATED BY ENTERING A 0.
01300000
01310000
0
DEFAULT = NO REPEATED SUBTITLES 01320000
01330000
01340000
- THESE CHARACTERS ARE PRINTED WHEN SPECIAL
01350000
SITUATIONS OCCUR DURING REPORTING:
01360000
(1) FIELD IS INVALID
01370000
(2) FIELD DOES NOT EXIST
01380000
(3) FIELD CANNOT BE EDITED (EITHER WILL NOT
01390000
CONVERT OR IS TOO BIG FOR THE COLUMN)
01400000
01410000
C’*’
DEFAULT = STAR FOR INVALID
01420000
C’-’
DEFAULT = DASH FOR MISSING
01430000
C’+’
DEFAULT = PLUS FOR UNEDITABLE
01440000
5
01450000
01460000
- THIS CHARACTER IS PRINTED FOLLOWING A PERCENT
01470000
SUMMARY VALUE (E.G., 75.25%).
J145 01480000
DEFAULT - NO AUTO GRAND SUMS
125
Appendix B
*
PERCENT
01490000
01500000
01510000
*
01520000
* SUMMARY
- THIS TABLE CONTAINS ONE FIVE-CHARACTER ENTRY
01530000
* LABEL
FOR EACH TYPE OF SUMMARY, PLUS ENTRIES FOR
01540000
* TABLE
PAGE AND GRAND. EACH ENTRY MUST BE EXACTLY
01550000
*
FIVE CHARACTERS LONG. LEADING OR TRAILING
01560000
*
BLANKS ARE ACCEPTABLE.
01570000
*
01580000
ORG
M4PARAMS+105 ***** DO NOT CHANGE THIS STATEMENT
SYSM 01590000
TOTAL
DC
CL5’TOTAL’
01600000
CUM
DC
CL5’CUM. ’
01610000
COUNT
DC
CL5’COUNT’
01620000
MAX
DC
CL5’MAX. ’
01630000
MIN
DC
CL5’MIN. ’
01640000
AVG
DC
CL5’AVG. ’
01650000
RATIO
DC
CL5’RATIO’
01660000
PCT
DC
CL5’PCT. ’
01670000
PAGE
DC
CL5’PAGE ’
01680000
GRAND
DC
CL5’GRAND’
01690000
EJECT
01700000
*
01710000
* LISTING
- THESE CHARACTERS ARE USED AS SEPARATORS IN
01720000
* DELIMITER
THE FORMATTED SOURCE STATEMENT LISTING. THE
01730000
* CHARACTERS
SINGLE SEPARATOR IS USED WHEN A LEFT AND
01740000
*
RIGHT SEPARATOR WOULD OTHERWISE OCCUPY THE
01750000
*
SAME POSITION.
01760000
*
01770000
LEFTMRK EQU
C’(’
DEFAULT = LEFT PARENTHESIS
01780000
RIGHTMRK EQU
C’)’
DEFAULT = RIGHT PARENTHESIS
01790000
SINGSEP EQU
C’,’
DEFAULT = COMMA
01800000
SPACE 5
01810000
*
01820000
* SOURCE
- ASA CARRIAGE CONTROL CHARACTER FOR FORMATTED
01830000
* STATEMENT
SOURCE STATEMENT LISTING. THIS CARRIAGE
01840000
* LISTING
CONTROL CHARACTER IS USED ON ALL FORMATTED
01850000
EQU
C’%’
SPACE 5
DEFAULT = PERCENT SIGN
126
Appendix B
* VERTICAL
* SPACING
*
*
*
*
*
SLCCTL
EQU
SPACE
*
* MESSAGE
* CONTROL
*
*
*
*
PRINT
EQU
CONSOLE EQU
EJECT
*
* M4REPO
* BLOCKSIZE
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
REPOSIZ EQU
SPACE
*
* NUMBER
* OF I/O
* BUFFERS
*
INPUT
EQU
SOURCE LINES AND ON THE FIRST LINE OF ANY
FORMATTED SOURCE STATEMENT COLUMN HEADINGS.
ACCEPTABLE CARRIAGE CONTROL CHARACTERS ARE:
BLANK = SINGLE SPACING
0
= DOUBLE SPACING
= TRIPLE SPACING
C’ ’
5
DEFAULT = SINGLE SPACING
- THE MESSAGE CONTROL FEATURE PROVIDES FOR
SUPPRESSION OF MESSAGES OUTPUT TO M4LIST
AND/OR THE CONSOLE TYPEWRITER. MESSAGES
ARE INHIBITED BY ENTERING A 1. MESSAGES
ARE NOT INHIBITED BY ENTERING A 0.
0
1
DEFAULT = PRINTER MESSAGES ON
DEFAULT = CONSOLE MESSAGES OFF
- THE BLOCKSIZE FOR REPORT FILES. THE SIZE
MUST BE AT LEAST 264. NOTE THAT THIS
BLOCKSIZE IS ALSO USED AS THE DEFAULT
BLOCKSIZE FOR VARIABLE LENGTH SUBFILES
AND PROGRAM ANALYZER (PAL) OUTPUT.
ALSO, THIS BLOCKSIZE - 8 IS USED AS
THE DEFAULT BLOCKSIZE FOR UNDEFINED
LENGTH SUBFILES.
4096
5
J228
QN06
QN06
QN06
DEFAULT = 4096 BLOCKSIZE
- NUMBER OF I/O BUFFERS TO BE ASSIGNED
TO USER DATA FILES.
2
DEFAULT = 2 INPUT BUFFERS/FILE
01860000
01870000
01880000
01890000
01900000
01910000
01920000
01930000
01940000
01950000
01960000
01970000
01980000
01990000
02000000
02010000
02020000
02030000
02040000
02050000
02060000
02070000
02080000
02090005
02100000
02110000
02120000
02130000
02140000
02150000
02160000
02170000
02180000
02190000
02200000
02210000
02220000
127
Appendix B
OUTPUT
EQU
1
SPACE 3
DEFAULT = 1 OUTPUT BUFFER/FILE
RIP
*
RIP
* ONE-STEP
- THIS IS THE DEFAULT MAIN STORAGE ALLOCATION FOR
RIP
* REPORT
THE REPORTER WHEN REPORT FILE OPTIMIZATION
RIP
* STORAGE
IS USED IN A NO-SORT TYPE RUN.
RIP
*
RIP
*
THIS VALUE MUST BE AT LEAST 1024 AND NO GREATER
RIP
*
THAN 1048576.
RIP
REPTSIZE EQU
8192
DEFAULT = 8K
RIP
SPACE 3
SIP
*
SIP
* ONE-STEP
- THIS IS THE DEFAULT MAIN STORAGE ALLOCATION FOR
SIP
* SORT
THE SORT PROGRAM WHEN REPORT FILE OPTIMIZATION
SIP
* STORAGE
IS USED IN A RUN REQUIRING A SORT OF THE
SIP
*
REPORT FILE.
SIP
*
THIS VALUE MUST BE AT LEAST 1024 AND NO GREATER
SIP
*
THAN 16777216.
SIP
*
SIP
SORTSIZE EQU
524288
DEFAULT = 512K
SIP
EJECT
****************************************************************** ULS
*
* ULS
* C H A R A C T E R S U S E D I N
E D I T P A T T E R N S * U026
*
* ULS
*
THE FOLLOWING EIGHT M4PARAMS OPTIONS CONTROL THE FORMAT OF
* ULS
*
FIELDS THAT ARE USING EXPLICIT EDIT PATTERNS.
* U026
*
* ULS
*
THE EIGHT PARAMETERS ARE: DIGIT SELECT CHARACTER.
DIGCHAR* ULS
*
ZERO SUPPRESS CHARACTER.
ZSPCHAR* ULS
*
CURRENCY SYMBOL CHARACTER. CURCHAR* ULS
*
PLUS SYMBOL CHARACTER.
PLUCHAR* ULS
*
MINUS SYMBOL CHARACTER.
MINCHAR* ULS
*
CHECK PROTECTION CHARACTER. CKPCHAR* ULS
*
DECIMAL POINT CHARACTER.
DECCHAR* ULS
*
GROUPING CHARACTER.
GRPCHAR* ULS
*
* ULS
02230000
02240000
02250000
02260000
02270000
02280000
02290000
02300000
02310000
02320000
02330000
02340000
02350000
02360000
02370000
02380000
02390000
02400000
02410000
02420000
02430000
02440000
02450000
02460000
02470000
02480000
02490000
02500000
02510000
02520000
02530000
02540000
02550000
02560000
02570000
02580000
02590000
128
Appendix B
*
THE DECIMAL POINT AND GROUPING CHARACTERS ARE ALSO USED FOR *
*
OUTPUT REPORT EDITING OF NUMERIC FIELDS WHEN NO EXPLICIT
*
*
PATTERN IS SPECIFIED AND ARE RECOGNIZED AS DECIMAL POINT
*
*
AND GROUPING CHARACTERS RESPECTIVELY WHEN CONVERTING INPUT
*
*
CHARACTER STRING DATA TO NUMERIC VALUES.
*
*
*
*
*
*
VALID ENTRIES FOR THESE PARAMETERS INCLUDE ANY CHARACTER
*
*
PRINTABLE OR UNPRINTABLE EXCEPT CHARACTERS IN THE RANGE
*
*
OF HEXADECIMAL VALUES X’00’ THROUGH X’30’. IN ADDITION,
*
*
EACH SYMBOL MUST BE UNIQUE AMONG ALL THE EIGHT EDITING
*
*
SYMBOLS AND THE SYSTEM DELIMITER. THAT IS, NONE OF THE
*
*
NINE PARAMETERS (EIGHT EDIT SYMBOLS AND ONE SYSTEM
*
*
DELIMITER) MAY BE THE SAME CHARACTER.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
******************************************************************
SPACE 3
*
* DIGIT
- SPECIFIES A DIGIT POSITION IN NUMERIC EDITED
* SELECT
FIELDS.
* CHARACTER
*
DIGCHAR EQU
C’9’
DEFAULT = 9
SPACE 3
*
* ZERO
- SPECIFIES DIGIT POSITIONS IN NUMERIC EDITED
* SUPPRESS
FIELDS WHICH WILL BE BLANKED IF ZERO.
* CHARACTER
*
ZSPCHAR EQU
C’Z’
DEFAULT = Z
SPACE 3
*
* CURRENCY
- SPECIFIES A LEADING/FLOATING CURRENCY SYMBOL
* SYMBOL
FOR NUMERIC EDITED FIELDS.
* CHARACTER
ULS
U026
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
02600000
02610000
02620000
02630000
02640000
02650000
02660000
02670000
02680000
02690000
02700000
02710000
02720000
02730000
02740000
02750000
02760000
02770000
02780000
02790000
02800000
02810000
02820000
02830000
02840000
02850000
02860000
02870000
02880000
02890000
02900000
02910000
02920000
02930000
02940000
02950000
02960000
129
Appendix B
*
CURCHAR
EQU
C’$’
SPACE 3
*
* PLUS
* SYMBOL
* CHARACTER
*
PLUCHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* MINUS
* SYMBOL
* CHARACTER
*
MINCHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* CHECK
* PROTECTION
* CHARACTER
*
CKPCHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* DECIMAL
* POINT
* CHARACTER
*
DECCHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* GROUPING
* CHARACTER
*
GRPCHAR EQU
EJECT
DEFAULT = $
- SPECIFIES A LEADING/FLOATING/TRAILING PLUS
SYMBOL FOR NUMERIC EDITED FIELDS.
C’+’
3
DEFAULT = +
- SPECIFIES A LEADING/FLOATING/TRAILING MINUS
SYMBOL FOR NUMERIC EDITED FIELDS.
C’-’
3
DEFAULT = -
- SPECIFIES A FILL CHARACTER FOR LEADING ZERO
DIGITS IN NUMERIC EDITED FIELDS.
C’*’
3
DEFAULT = *
- DECIMAL POINT CHARACTER FOR NUMERIC FIELDS.
C’.’
5
DEFAULT = .
- GROUPING CHARACTER FOR NUMERIC FIELDS.
C’,’
DEFAULT = ,
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
02970000
02980000
02990000
03000000
03010000
03020000
03030000
03040000
03050000
03060000
03070000
03080000
03090000
03100000
03110000
03120000
03130000
03140000
03150000
03160000
03170000
03180000
03190000
03200000
03210000
03220000
03230000
03240000
03250000
03260000
03270000
03280000
03290000
03300000
03310000
03320000
GRAF 03330000
130
Appendix B
******************************************************************
*
*
* G R A P H R E P O R T G R A P H I N G C H A R A C T E R S
*
*
*
* THE FOLLOWING SEVEN M4PARAMS OPTIONS CONTROL THE CHARACTERS
*
* IN PLOTTING A GRAPH.
*
*
*
* THE SEVEN PARAMETERS ARE: PRIMARY
PLOT CHARACTER
*
*
SECONDARY PLOT CHARACTER
*
*
FIT
PLOT CHARACTER
*
*
HORIZONTAL AXIS CHARACTER
*
*
HORIZONTAL HASH CHARACTER
*
*
VERTICAL
AXIS CHARACTER
*
*
VERTICAL
HASH CHARACTER
*
*
*
* THE ONLY RESTRICTIONS APPLY TO THE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY PLOT *
* CHARACTERS WHICH CANNOT BE BLANK.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
******************************************************************
SPACE 3
*
* PRIMARY
- SPECIFIES THE CHARACTER TO USE WHEN PLOTTING
* PLOT
SINGLE POINTS
(SCATTER DIAGRAM)
* CHARACTER
BARS
*
PRMCHAR EQU
C’X’
DEFAULT = X
SPACE 3
*
* SECONDARY
* PLOT
OVERLAID POINTS (SCATTER DIAGRAM)
* CHARACTER
*
SCDCHAR EQU
C’*’
DEFAULT = * (ASTERISK)
*
SPACE 3
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
03340000
03350000
03360000
03370000
03380000
03390000
03400000
03410000
03420000
03430000
03440000
03450000
03460000
03470000
03480000
03490000
03500000
03510000
03520000
03530000
03540000
03550000
03560000
03570000
03580000
03590000
03600000
03610000
03620000
03630000
03640000
03650000
03660000
03670000
03680000
03690000
03700000
131
Appendix B
*
* FIT
* PLOT
* CHARACTER
*
FITCHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* HORIZONTAL
* AXIS
* CHARACTER
*
HZACHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* HORIZONTAL
* HASH
* CHARACTER
*
HZHCHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* VERTICAL
* AXIS
* CHARACTER
*
VTACHAR EQU
SPACE
*
* VERTICAL
* HASH
* CHARACTER
*
VTHCHAR EQU
EJECT
*
* UNIT
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
C’.’
DEFAULT = . (PERIOD)
GRAF
3
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
THE HORIZONTAL AXES.
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
C’_’
DEFAULT = _ (UNDERSCORE)
GRAF
3
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
THE HORIZONTAL HASH CHARACTERS MARKING
GRAF
INTERVALS.
GRAF
GRAF
C’|’
DEFAULT = | (VERTICAL BAR) GRAF
3
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
THE VERTICAL AXES.
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
C’|’
DEFAULT = | (VERTICAL BAR) GRAF
3
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
THE VERTICAL HASH CHARACTERS MARKING INTERVALS.
GRAF
GRAF
GRAF
C’-’
DEFAULT = - (DASH)
GRAF
GRAF
A LEAST SQUARES FIT LINE.
- TIME PROCESSING CAPABILITY UNIT
03710000
03720000
03730000
03740000
03750000
03760000
03770000
03780000
03790000
03800000
03810000
03820000
03830000
03840000
03850000
03860000
03870000
03880000
03890000
03900000
03910000
03920000
03930000
03940000
03950000
03960000
03970000
03980000
03990000
04000000
04010000
04020000
04030000
04040000
04050000
04060000
04070000
132
Appendix B
* CONVERSION
CONVERSION MULTIPLIERS AND DELIMITER.
* MULTIPLIERS
THE MULTIPLIER VALUES MUST BE POSITIVE
* AND DELIMITER INTEGERS LESS THAN 100. THE DEFAULT
*
VALUES ARE SET FOR HOURS/MINUTES/SECONDS.
*
MULTPLR1 EQU
60
DEFAULT = 60 MINUTES/HOUR
MULTPLR2 EQU
60
DEFAULT = 60 SECONDS/MINUTE
TIMEDELM EQU
C’:’
DEFAULT = HH:MM:SS
EJECT
*
* MONTH
- THIS TABLE CONTAINS ONE THREE-CHARACTER ENTRY
* TABLE
FOR EACH MONTH OF THE YEAR. EACH ENTRY MUST BE
*
EXACTLY THREE CHARACTERS LONG. LEADING OR TRAILING
*
BLANKS ARE ACCEPTABLE.
*
ORG
M4PARAMS+69
***** DO NOT CHANGE THIS STATEMENT
SYSM
JAN
DC
CL3’JAN’
FEB
DC
CL3’FEB’
MAR
DC
CL3’MAR’
APR
DC
CL3’APR’
MAY
DC
CL3’MAY’
JUN
DC
CL3’JUN’
JUL
DC
CL3’JUL’
AUG
DC
CL3’AUG’
SEP
DC
CL3’SEP’
OCT
DC
CL3’OCT’
NOV
DC
CL3’NOV’
DEC
DC
CL3’DEC’
SPACE 5
*
* DATE FLAG
- SPECIFIES THE FORMAT OF THE DATE FLAG. THE FORMATS
* FORMAT
AVAILABLE AND THE VALUES ENTERED TO SELECT THEM ARE:
*
MMM DD, YYYY 0
*
DD MMM YYYY
1
*
YYYY MMM DD
2
*
DATE
EQU
0
DEFAULT = MMM DD, YYYY
04080000
04090000
04100000
04110000
04120000
04130000
04140000
04150000
04160000
04170000
04180000
04190000
04200000
04210000
04220000
04230000
04240000
04250000
04260000
04270000
04280000
04290000
04300000
04310000
04320000
04330000
04340000
04350000
04360000
04370000
04380000
04390000
04400000
04410000
04420000
04430000
04440000
133
Appendix B
SPACE 5
*
* TODAY FLAG
- SPECIFIES THE FORMAT OF THE TODAY FLAG. THE FORMATS
* FORMAT
AVAILABLE AND THE VALUES ENTERED TO SELECT THEM ARE:
*
MMDDYY MMDDYY
*
DDMMYY DDMMYY
*
YYMMDD YYMMDD
*
MMYYDD MMYYDD
*
DDYYMM DDYYMM
*
YYDDMM YYDDMM
*
M4TODAY MMDDYY
DEFAULT = MMDDYY
EJECT
*
* TODAY FLAG
- SPECIFIES THE DELIMITER USED TO FORMAT THE TODAY
* DELIMITER
FLAG WHEN USED AS A REPORT DATE OR FREE FORM DATE
*
FLAG. ALSO USED TO FORMAT A USER-SUPPLIED REPORT
*
DATE.
*
TODAYDLM EQU
C’/’
DEFAULT = MM/DD/YY
SPACE 5
*
* ISDATE FLAG - SPECIFIES THE DELIMITER USED TO FORMAT THE ISDATE
* DELIMITER
*
FLAG.
*
ISDATDLM EQU
C’-’
DEFAULT = YYYY-MM-DD
SPACE 5
*
* JULIAN FLAG - SPECIFIES THE DELIMITER USED TO FORMAT THE JULIAN
* DELIMITER
*
FLAG.
*
JULDLM
EQU
C’.’
DEFAULT = YY.DDD
SPACE 5
* SORT
- SPECIFIES THE SORT PROGRAM FOR WHICH SORT CONTROL
* PROGRAM
STATEMENTS ARE TO BE GENERATED. THE SORT PROGRAMS
04450000
04460000
04470000
04480000
04490000
04500000
04510000
04520000
04530000
04540000
04550000
04560000
04570000
04580000
04590000
04600000
04610000
04620000
04630000
04640000
04650000
04660000
04670000
04680000
04690000
04700000
04710000
04720000
04730000
04740000
04750000
04760000
04770000
04780000
04790000
04800000
04810000
134
Appendix B
*
*
*
*
*
SORTPGM
AND THE VALUES ENTERED TO SELECT THEM ARE:
SM-023
0
5734-SM1 1
5740-SM1 2
EQU
2
EJECT
*
* MAXIMUM
* WORKING
* STORAGE
*
MAXGETMN EQU
*
* MINIMUM
* STORAGE
* RELEASED
* TO SYSTEM
*
MINCORE EQU
SPACE
* ALTERNATE
* M4LIST
* WIDTH
*
*
ALTWIDTH EQU
*
* ALTERNATE
* DEFAULT
* WIDTH OF
* PAGE
*
*
*
*
*
DEFAULT = 5740-SM1
- SPECIFIES THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF STORAGE, IN K,
TO ALLOCATE FOR WORKING STORAGE. THIS STORAGE
DOES NOT INCLUDE FILE BUFFERS.
1024
DEFAULT = 1024K
- SPECIFIES MINIMUM AMOUNT OF STORAGE, IN K, TO
BE RELEASED TO THE SYSTEM AT THE START OF THE
RUN VIA THE ’FREEMAIN’ MACRO.
12
DEFAULT = 12K
5
- THE NUMBER OF PRINTABLE COLUMNS ON THE ALTERNATE
M4LIST OUTPUT DEVICE, NOT INCLUDING THE ASA
CONTROL CHARACTER. THIS IS THE M4LIST1 RECORD
LENGTH-1, AND MUST BE AT LEAST 24 COLUMNS.
132
ALT DEFAULT = 132 COLUMNS
- THE NUMBER OF PRINTABLE COLUMNS ON AN ALTERNATE
REPORT PAGE, NOT INCLUDING THE ASA CONTROL
CHARACTER. THIS IS THE DEFAULT VALUE USED IF
"WIDTH OF PAGE" ON THE EN/ER STATEMENT IS LEFT
BLANK. THIS VALUE MUST NOT EXCEED THE M4LIST1
WIDTH (ALTWIDTH) SPECIFIED ABOVE.
NOTE: A ZERO VALUE WILL CAUSE THE SYSTEM TO USE
ALT M4LIST WIDTH FOR THIS SPECIFICATION.
04820000
I136 04830000
I136 04840000
04850000
04860000
04870000
04880000
Z021 04890004
Z021 04900004
Z021 04910004
Z021 04920004
Z021 04930004
Z021 04940004
04950000
SYSM 04960000
SYSM 04970000
04980000
04990000
05000000
SYSM 05010004
05020000
QN10 05030000
QN10 05040000
QN10 05050000
QN10 05060000
QN10 05070000
QN10 05080000
QN10 05090000
QN10 05100000
QN10 05110000
QN10 05120000
QN10 05130000
QN10 05140000
QN10 05150000
QN10 05160000
QN10 05170000
QN10 05180000
135
Appendix B
ALTDFWOP EQU
SPACE
*
* SUPPRESS
* NO-DATA* SELECTED
* REPORT
*
*
*
SUPRSNDS EQU
SPACE
* SUPPRES
* INFO AND
* WARNING
* MESSAGES
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
DECMSOPT EQU
PROMSOPT EQU
RPTMSOPT EQU
SPACE
* FILE
* PROCESSING
* PHASE
* ADDRESS
* MODE
*
*
*
*
*
0
5
QN10
SNDS
SNDS
- WHEN NO DATA IS SELECTED FOR A REPORT A SKELETON SNDS
REPORT IS PRODUCED INDICATING NO SELECTED DATA.
SNDS
THIS PARAMETER WILL ALLOW SUPPRESSION OF THAT
SNDS
SKELETON REPORT. ENTER ’N’ TO INDICATE PRINTING SNDS
OF THE REPORT. ENTER ’Y’ TO INDICATE THAT THE
SNDS
REPORT SHOULD BE SUPPRESSED.
SNDS
SNDS
C’N’
DEFAULT = NO
SNDS
5
X054
- THE FOLLOWING 3 SPECIFICATIONS ALLOW INFORMATION X054
AND WARNING MESSAGES (MESSAGE TYPES 0 AND 1) TO
X054
BE OPTIONALLY SUPPRESSED FOR ANY OF THE DECODE/
X054
COMPILATION, FILE PROCESSING OR REPORT GENERATION X054
PHASES OF VISION:BUILDER OPERATION. ENTER ’Y’
X054
TO ALLOW ALL INFORMATION AND WARNING MESSAGES
X054
TO BE PRINTED FOR THE RESPECTIVE PHASE OF
X054
OPERATION. ENTER ’N’ TO CAUSE THE INFORMATION
X054
AND WARNING MESSAGES TO BE SUPPRESSED FOR THE
X054
RESPECTIVE PHASE OF OPERATION
X054
X054
C’Y’ DECODE/COMPILATION PHASE INFO MESSAGES = YES
X054
C’Y’ FILE PROCESSING
PHASE INFO MESSAGES = YES
X054
C’Y’ REPORT GENERATION PHASE INFO MESSAGES = YES
X054
5
Z007
- THIS OPTION SPECIFIES THE DEFAULT ADDRESSING
Z007
MODE TO BE USED DURING THE FILE PROCESSING
Z007
PHASE OF THE APPLICATION. ENTER ’Y’ TO INDICATE Z007
THAT 31-BIT ADDRESSING BE USED AND THAT FILE
Z007
BUFFERS AND OTHER FILE PROCESSING STORAGE AREAS
Z007
BE ALLOCATED ABOVE THE 16-MEG STORAGE LINE.
Z007
ENTER ’N’ TO INDICATE THAT 24-BIT ADDRESSING BE
Z007
USED AND THAT FILE BUFFERS AND OTHER FILE
Z007
FILE PROCESSING STORAGE AREAS BE ALLOCATED BELOW Z007
THE 16-MEG LINE.
Z007
ALT DEFAULT = M4LIST1 WIDTH
05190000
05200000
05210000
05220000
05230000
05240000
05250000
05260000
05270000
05280000
05290000
05300002
05310002
05320002
05330002
05340002
05350002
05360002
05370002
05380002
05390002
05400002
05410002
05420002
05430002
05440002
05450004
05460004
05470004
05480004
05490004
05500004
05510004
05520004
05530004
05540004
05550004
136
Appendix B
*
AMODE31
EQU
C’Y’
SPACE 5
FILE PROCESSING AMODE(31) = YES
Z007
Z007
QN06
QN06
QN06
QN06
QN06
QN06
QN06
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
QN10
*
* M4PAOUT
- THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LINES TO BE
* MAXIMUM
PROVIDED FOR THE PROGRAM ANALYZER
* LINES
REQUEST EXECUTION TRACE.
*
PALTRCMX EQU
1024
DEFAULT = 1024 LINES
EJECT
*
---------------------------------------------------*
*
- S Y S T E M
D E P E N D E N T
V A L U E S *
*
---------------------------------------------------SPACE 3
*
* HIGH LEVEL
- SPECIFIES WHETHER OR NOT THE HIGHEST LEVEL ISAM
* ISAM INDEX
INDICES FOR BISAM INPUT AND BISAM INPUT/OUTPUT
* CONTROL
FILES ARE TO RESIDE IN MAIN STORAGE FOR IMPROVED
*
EFFICIENCY. THE HIGHEST LEVEL INDICES MAY BE
*
TRACK, CYLINDER, OR (IF OPTCD=M WAS SPECIFIED
*
WHEN THE ISAM FILE WAS CREATED) MASTER INDICES.
*
THE HIGHEST LEVEL INDICES ARE MADE RESIDENT BY
*
ENTERING A 1. THE HIGHEST LEVEL INDICES REMAIN
*
NON-RESIDENT BY ENTERING A 0.
*
COREINDX EQU
0
DEFAULT = NO INDICES IN STORAGE
SPACE 3
11.0
***********************************************************************
*
FOLLOWING ARE THE DEFAULT CONDITION CODES
*
***********************************************************************
SPACE 1
11.0
CONDCOD1 EQU
0
NORMAL TERMINATION
11.0
CONDCOD2 EQU
4
ERROR TERMINATION
11.0
CONDCOD3 EQU
8
NO SORTING (RC SPECIFICATION)
11.0
CONDCOD4 EQU 16
NO SORTING (INVALID REQUESTS)
11.0
05560004
05570004
05580000
05590000
05600000
05610000
05620000
05630000
05640000
05650000
05660000
05670000
05680000
05690000
05700000
05710000
05720000
05730000
05740000
05750000
05760000
05770000
05780000
05790000
05800000
05810000
05820000
05830000
05840000
05850000
05860000
05870000
05880000
05890000
05900000
05910000
05920000
137
Appendix B
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
USERS MUST NOT MAKE CHANGES FOLLOWING THIS PAGE
*
***********************************************************************
EJECT
ORG
M4PARAMS+L’USERID ,
QN06
M4RELNO DC
CL4’13.8’
RELEASE NUMBER
Y015
M4DELIM DC
AL1(DELIMITR)
SYSTEM DELIMITER
M4HEIGHT DC
AL1(HEIGHT)
PAGE HEIGHT
DC
X’00’
***** UNUSED *****
Z019
M4AUTOG DC
AL1(AUTOGRND)
AUTOMATIC GRAND SUMMARIES
M4SING
DC
AL1(SINGSEP)
LISTING DELIMITER CHARACTER
M4HEADER DC
AL1(HEADCHAR)
REPORT COLUMN HEADING CHARACTER
M4SUBTIT DC
AL1(SUBTITLE)
SUBTITLE CONTROL
M4MESAND DC
AL1(X’FF’-10*CONSOLE)
MESSAGE CONTROL
M4MESOR DC
AL1(PRINT)
MESSAGE CONTROL
M4LFTMRK DC
AL1(LEFTMRK)
M4RHTMRK DC
AL1(RIGHTMRK)
M4INVFLD DC
AL1(INVALID)
SPECIAL OUTPUT CHARACTER
M4NONEXT DC
AL1(NOTEXIST)
M4NOEDIT DC
AL1(NOTEDIT)
M4PERCNT DC
AL1(PERCENT)
PERCENT CHARACTER
DC
AL1(0)
** UNUSED-OLD M4LIB RESERVE
QN15
M4REPO
DC
Y(REPOSIZ)
M4REPO BLOCKSIZE
M4INBUT DC
AL1(INPUT)
NUMBER OF I/O BUFFERS
M4OTBUF DC
AL1(OUTPUT)
NUMBER OF I/O BUFFERS
M4CYLOVL DC
AL1(0)
# OF TRACKS FOR ISAM CYL OFLO
M4SLCTL DC
AL1(SLCCTL)
SOURCE STMNT LISTING VERT SP
M4LIST
DC
AL1(0)
M4LIST UNIT ASSIGNMENT
M4INPUT DC
AL1(0)
M4INPUT UNIT ASSIGNMENT
M4MINCOR DC
Y(MINCORE)
MINIMUM STORAGE RELEASE TO SYS
M4SORTP DC
AL1(SORTPGM)
SORT PROGRAM
M4DECPT DC
AL1(DECCHAR)
DECIMAL POINT CHARACTER
M4COMMA DC
AL1(GRPCHAR)
GROUPING CHARACTER
M4MULT1 DC
AL1(MULTPLR1)
UNIT CONVERSION MULTIPLIER
M4MULT2 DC
AL1(MULTPLR2)
UNIT CONVERSION MULTIPLIER
M4TIMDEL DC
AL1(TIMEDELM)
UNIT CONVERSION DELIMITER
05930000
05940000
05950000
05960000
05970000
05980000
05990005
06000000
06010000
06020004
06030000
06040000
06050000
06060000
06070000
06080000
06090000
06100000
06110000
06120000
06130000
06140000
06150000
06160000
06170000
06180000
06190000
06200000
06210000
06220000
06230000
06240000
06250000
06260000
06270000
06280000
06290000
138
Appendix B
M4DATFMT DC
M4MONTH EQU
ORG
M4LABEL EQU
ORG
M4TDYFMT DC
M4TDYDLM DC
M4ISDDLM DC
M4JULDLM DC
M4VOLCNT DC
DC
M4CYLIDX DC
M4LSTLBL DC
M4AM31
DC
M4INTR
DC
M4MODNO DC
M4FLTPNT DC
M49DCHAR DC
M4ZDCHAR DC
M4CPCHAR DC
M4CUCHAR DC
M4PLCHAR DC
M4MICHAR DC
M4REPTSZ DC
M4SORTSZ DC
M4PRCHAR DC
M4SCCHAR DC
M4FTCHAR DC
M4HACHAR DC
M4HHCHAR DC
M4VACHAR DC
M4VHCHAR DC
M4PALTRM DC
DC
M4AWIDTH DC
M4SUPNDS DC
DS
AL1(DATE)
DATE FLAG FORMAT
*
MONTH TABLE
*+3*12 ***** DO NOT CHANGE THIS STATEMENT *****
*
SUMMARY LABEL TABLE
*+5*10 ***** DO NOT CHANGE THIS STATEMENT *****
AL1(TODAY)
TODAY FLAG FORMAT
AL1(TODAYDLM)
TODAY FLAG DELIMITER
AL1(ISDATDLM)
ISDATE FLAG DELIMITER
AL1(JULDLM)
JULIAN FLAG DELIMITER
AL1(0)
M4REPO VOLUME COUNT
Y(0)
** UNUSED-OLD M4LIB BLKSIZE
QN15
AL1(COREINDX)
HIGH LEVEL ISAM INDEX CONTROL
AL1(0)
M4LIST TAPE LABELS
AL1(AMODE31)
31-BIT ADDRESS MODE OPTION Z007
AL1(0)
IMPRECISE INTERRUPT
BIG1
AL1(1)
360/370 INSTRUCTION SET
BIG1
AL1(1)
FLOATING POINT HARDWARE
BIG1
AL1(DIGCHAR)
DIGIT SELECT
ULS
AL1(ZSPCHAR)
ZERO SUPPRESS
ULS
AL1(CKPCHAR)
CHECK PROTECTION
ULS
AL1(CURCHAR)
CURRENCY SYMBOL
ULS
AL1(PLUCHAR)
PLUS SIGN
ULS
AL1(MINCHAR)
MINUS SIGN
ULS
AL4(REPTSIZE)
REPORTER STORAGE
RTP
AL4(SORTSIZE)
SORT STORAGE
STP
AL1(PRMCHAR)
PRIMARY
PLOT CHARACTER GRAF
AL1(SCDCHAR)
SECONDARY PLOT CHARACTER GRAF
AL1(FITCHAR)
FIT
PLOT CHARACTER GRAF
AL1(HZACHAR)
HORIZONTAL AXIS CHARACTER GRAF
AL1(HZHCHAR)
HORIZONTAL HASH CHARACTER GRAF
AL1(VTACHAR)
VERTICAL
AXIS CHARACTER GRAF
AL1(VTHCHAR)
VERTICAL
HASH CHARACTER GRAF
AL4(PALTRCMX)
MAX PAL TRACE LINES
QN06
X’00’
***** UNUSED *****
Z019
AL2(ALTWIDTH)
ALT M4LIST WIDTH (LRECL-1) Z019
AL1(SUPRSNDS)
SUPPRESS NO-DATA-SEL RPT? SNDS
0H
ALIGNMENT
11.0
06300000
06310000
06320000
06330000
06340000
06350000
06360000
06370000
06380000
06390000
06400000
06410000
06420000
06430004
06440000
06450000
06460000
06470000
06480000
06490000
06500000
06510000
06520000
06530000
06540000
06550000
06560000
06570000
06580000
06590000
06600000
06610000
06620000
06630004
06640004
06650000
06660000
139
Appendix B
M4CCODE1
M4CCODE2
M4CCODE3
M4CCODE4
M4MSDEC
M4MSPRO
M4MSRPT
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
M4WIDTH DC
M4DEFWD DC
M4ADEFWD DC
M4MAXGMN DC
DC
M4PAREND EQU
*
END
AL2(CONDCOD1)
AL2(CONDCOD2)
AL2(CONDCOD3)
AL2(CONDCOD4)
AL1(DECMSOPT)
AL1(PROMSOPT)
AL1(RPTMSOPT)
X’00’
AL2(LSTWIDTH)
AL2(LSTDFWOP)
AL2(ALTDFWOP)
AL4(MAXGETMN)
XL8’00’
*-1
NORMAL CONDITION CODE
ERROR CONDITION CODE
NO SORT (SPECIFIED)
NO SORT (INVALID REQUESTS)
DECODE/COMPILE MSG OPTION
PROCESSING
MSG OPTION
REPORTING
MSG OPTION
***** UNUSED *****
M4LIST WIDTH (LRECL-1)
DEFAULT MK4 WIDTH-OF-PAGE
DEFAULT ALT WIDTH-OF-PAGE
DEFAULT MAX GETMAIN
***** UNUSED *****
### M4PARAMS END LOC ###
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.0
X054
X054
X054
Z019
Z019
Z019
Z019
Z021
Z019
QN10
Z019
06670000
06680000
06690000
06700000
06710002
06720002
06730002
06740004
06750004
06760004
06770004
06780004
06790004
06800000
06810004
06820000
TITLE 'VISION:Builder LANGUAGE ENVIRONMENT PARAMETERS'
ISEQ 73,80
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
*
M4LEPARM CSECT
***********************************************************************
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
M4LEPARM Source Code
140
Appendix B
M4LEPARM Source Code (cont.)
*
*
*
THIS ROUTINE CONTAINS THE PARAMETERS USED TO INITIATE THE
*
*
LANGUAGE ENVIRONMENT FOR VISION:BUILDER.
*
*
*
*
THESE PARAMETERS MAY BE MODIFIED AS APPROPRIATE FOR YOUR
*
*
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. THE PARAMETERS MUST CONFORM TO THE
*
*
THE PARAMETERS DEFINED IN THE LANGUAGE ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMING
*
*
REFERENCE MANUAL FROM IBM.
*
*
*
*
THIS ROUTINE MAY BE ASSEMBLED AND LINK EDITED AFTER BUILDER
*
*
INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. IF ALL OF THE DEFAULT PARAMETERS
*
*
ARE SATISFACTORY, NO ACTION IS NEEDED. OTHERWISE, THE MODIFIED
*
*
MODULE MUST BE ASSEMBLED AND LINK EDITED ACCORDING TO THE
*
*
INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED IN THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
EJECT
*
* DO NOT CHANGE OR REMOVE THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS.
*
DC
A(M4LEPLEN)
M4LEPLEN DC
AL2(M4LEPEND-*-2)
DC
C’TRAP(OFF),’
*
* CHANGES MAY BE MADE TO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AS APPROPRIATE.
* REFER TO THE IBM LANGUAGE ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
* FOR INFORMATION REGARDING APPLICABLE PARAMETERS AND THEIR MEANING.
* PARAMETERS MAY BE MODIFIED, REMOVED OR NEW PARAMETERS ADDED.
* INSTALLATION DEFAULTS WILL BE USED FOR ANY LANGUAGE ENVIRONMENT
* PARAMETER NOT SPECIFIED BELOW. THE FIRST OCCURRENCE OF THE ’/’
* CHARACTER SIGNALS THE END OF THE LE PARAMETERS. TO TURN ON THE
* LE REPORTING FEATURES, CHANGE THE ’/’ TO A ’,’ AT THE END OF THE
* LINE BELOW DESIGNATED BY THE <----- INDICATOR.
*
DC
C’STACK(016K,016K,BELOW,KEEP),’
DC
C’LIBSTACK(04K,04K,FREE),’
DC
C’HEAP(008K,032K,ANY,KEEP,04K,04K),’
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500001
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
141
Appendix B
M4SFPARM
M4LEPARM Source Code (cont.)
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
C’ANYHEAP(016K,032K,ANY,KEEP),’
C’BELOWHEAP(04K,04K,FREE),’
C’THREADHEAP(04K,04K,ANY,KEEP),’
C’MSGFILE(M4LEOUT,FBA,121,0)/’
C’RPTOPTS(ON),RPTSTG(ON)/’
*
* THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS MUST NOT BE CHANGED.
*
M4LEPEND EQU
*
*
END
<-----
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610000
00620000
00630000
00640000
00650000
00660000
M4SFPARM
M4SFPARM is a special parameter module, similar to M4PARAMS, that is used to define
parameters for VISION:Builder options such as additional data validation symbols and
changing automatic date validation formats. The basic module is supplied with
VISION:Builder.
■
Define parameters by adding statements to the source module, assembling the
modified module, and link editing as with M4PARAMS.
The original source for M4SFPARM is delivered with four (4) additional user-defined
validation symbols. These symbols and their character sets are described in the
M4SFPARM source module. See Example of M4SFPARM on page 145 for details.
■
Define or change additional symbols by inserting statements into the M4SFPARM
source module. Create these symbols using macros that you design to simplify the
parameter specification. Define all the required macros at the beginning of the
source module.
■
Insert additional statements where indicated in the original source module. Insert
them in any order within the limits that are defined.
142
Appendix B
Defining
Additional Data
Validation Symbols
M4SFPARM
Each user-defined validation category consists of a validation symbol followed by the
validation set definition. Categories are transcribed in the following format
Column
Entry
Description
10 – 14
M4SYM
This is the name of the macro that is used to define additional
validation sets.
15
blank
16
A 1-character entry to be used as a validation symbol.
Each user-defined validation symbol must be unique; it cannot
be one of the standard validation symbols or a
previously-defined user validation symbol. It can be any
character other than the minus sign (-), apostrophe ('),
underscore (_), bar (|), slash (/), ampersand (&), comma (,), blank
( ), the numbers 0 through 8, and the VISION:Builder system
delimiter set in M4PARAMS.
17
18– 71
comma
Set definition, bounded by apostrophes.
Any and all characters can be included in the set definition.
However, if an apostrophe is to be an element of the set, it must
appear in two consecutive columns (see Figure 3). The same
requirement also applies to the ampersand.
143
Appendix B
M4SFPARM
M4SYM S,’,;:.”?!’’()ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ’
Validation
Symbol
Two consecutive apostrophes are
required to define the apostrophe
as one element of the set
Signals the end of
the set definition
Signals beginning
of set definition
Figure 3
Change Automatic
Date Validation
Format
Sample Validation Category Definition
This capability is used to change the format of the date. The standard format is
MMDDYY, six digits specifying month, day, and year.
A non-standard date format is specified with a statement in the following format.
If your standard date format is
changed in M4PARAMS, it
must also be changed here if
the DV operator (date
validation) is to validate a
date according to your
installation standards.
Column
Entry
10 – 14
M4DAT
15
blank
Description
144
Appendix B
Column
16 – 21
Entry
M4SFPARM
Description (cont.)
These columns are used to specify the relative position of a
date's components.
The day position is represented by the two characters DD,
month by MM, and the year by YY. The D, M, and Y characters
must always appear in pairs, with each pair being specified
exactly once. Following are the possible legal permutations of
the date:
MMDDYY
MMYYDD
DDMMYY
DDYYMM
YYDDMM
YYMMDD
Example of M4SFPARM
The following sample code shows part of the contents of the M4SFPARM source
module supplied on the installation tape.
MF
TITLE 'M4SFPARM - STERLING SOFTWARE, INC.'
ISEQ 73,80
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
145
Appendix B
M4SFPARM
Example of M4SFPARM (cont.)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
MACRO
M4SYM &SETNAME,&ELEMENT
LCLA &INDEX
LCLA &NE
LCLC &SN
LCLC &AMPER
&AMPER
SETC ’&&’(1,1)
&INDEX
SETA K’&ELEMENT
&NE
SETA K’&ELEMENT-2
&SN
SETC ’&SETNAME’
DC
CL6’SYMBOL’
AIF
(K’&SETNAME EQ 1).SF10
MNOTE ’ILLEGAL VALIDATION SYMBOL LENGTH’
&SN
SETC ’ ’
.SF10
ANOP
DC
CL1’&SN.’
AIF
(&NE GT 0).SF20
MNOTE ’NO SET ELEMENTS DEFINED’
SPACE 3
MEXIT
.SF20
ANOP
AIF
(&INDEX LT 3).SF40
&INDEX
SETA &INDEX-1
AIF
(’&ELEMENT’(&INDEX,1) EQ ’&AMPER’).SF30
AIF
(’&ELEMENT’(&INDEX,1) NE ’’’’).SF20
.SF30
ANOP
&NE
SETA &NE-1
&INDEX
SETA &INDEX-1
AGO
.SF20
.SF40
ANOP
DC
FL1’&NE.’
DC
CL&NE.&ELEMENT
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
146
Appendix B
M4SFPARM
SPACE 3
00480000
MEND
00490000
MACRO
00500000
M4DAT &DATEFMT
00510000
LCLC &DFMT
00520000
&DFMT
SETC ’&DATEFMT’
00530000
AIF
(K’&DATEFMT EQ 6).SF100
00540000
MNOTE ’ILLEGAL DATE FORMAT’
00550000
SPACE 3
00560000
MEXIT
00570000
.SF100
ANOP
00580000
DC
CL4’DATE’
00590000
DC
CL6’&DFMT.’
00600000
SPACE 3
00610000
MEND
00620000
MACRO
00630000
M4END
00640000
DC
CL12’END M4SFPARM’
00650000
MEND
00660000
M4SFPARM START
00670000
*
00680000
*
NOTE: OPERAND OF START INSTRUCTION MUST REMAIN BLANK
00690000
*
00700000
* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 00710000
* THE FOLLOWING USER-DEFINED SYMBOLS AND CHARACTER SETS ARE DEFINED
00720000
* HERE FOR USE IN PATTERN VALIDATION OPERATIONS.
00730000
*
00740000
* ’a’ - UPPER & LOWER CASE ALPHA (A-Z,a-z) OR BLANK
00750000
* ’x’ - UPPER & LOWER CASE ALPHA (A-Z,a-z), NUMERIC (0-9) OR BLANK
00760000
* ’y’ - UPPER & LOWER CASE ALPHA (A-Z,a-z) OR NUMERIC (0-9)
00770000
* ’z’ - UPPER & LOWER CASE ALPHA (A-Z,a-z)
00780000
*
00790000
M4SYM a,’ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz X00800000
’
00810000
M4SYM x,’ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0X00820000
123456789 ’
00830000
M4SYM y,’ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0X00840000
147
Appendix B
MARKLIBP
123456789’
00850000
M4SYM z,’ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz’ 00860000
* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 00870000
*
00880000
*********************************************************************** 00890000
* INSERT ADDITIONAL STATEMENTS AFTER THIS STATEMENT
00900000
* DO NOT INSERT STATEMENTS AFTER THIS STATEMENT
00910000
*********************************************************************** 00920000
M4END
00930000
END
00940000
Example of Additional Source Statements
Figure 4 shows a list of additional source statements that define three new validation
symbols and change the format of the date.
M4SYM
M4SYM
M4SYM
M4DAT
Figure 4
T,’¢$.+-0123456789’
U,’+-*/=’
V,’AEFIJOP
YYMMDD
Sample Additional Statements
MARKLIBP
COMLIB provides standard default conditions for the library parameters usually
determined by the operating environment in each installation. These parameters affect
directory blocking, optional library tracking information, object compression, and
reserve. Because these parameters are functions of the installation, COMLIB provides
you with the capability of changing the default parameters.
148
Appendix B
MARKLIBP
A special program module called MARKLIBP is used for this purpose and is supplied with
COMLIB. It is made available to you and can be changed to suit your needs. Each
condition supplied as the default standard is shown. The module itself is supplied as an
assembly language source CSECT and is well documented in its source form. A listing of
the CSECT for OS/390 (MVS) follows; the default is clearly indicated for each parameter.
Parameter
Library directory
blocking factor
Parameter
Name
DIRBLK
Not applicable to
VSAM
COMLIB Default
0 - allows COMLIB to calculate the optimum
directory blocking factor based on the device
and size of the library.
A larger value improves decode and library
maintenance performance. The table shown
indicates maximum values depending on
device.
Maximum
Blocking factor
Device
3330
3340
3350
3380
3390
COMLIB reserve flag
for shared DASD
RESERVE
372
243
561
733
800
0
149
Appendix B
MARKLIBP
Parameter
Parameter
Name
COMLIB Default
Item tracking flag
ITEMTRAK
0
Minimum Compress
Size
MINCMPSZ
507
Compression Flag
COMPRESS
0
MARKLIBP SOURCE
PBLP4
TITLE 'MARKLIBP - STERLING SOFTWARE, INC.'
ISEQ 73,80
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
NOTE: U.S. GOVERNMENT DFARS CONTRACTS, RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND: *
*
USE, DUPLICATION, OR DISCLOSURE IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS
*
*
STATED IN PARAGRAPH (C)(1)(II) OF THE RIGHTS IN TECHNICAL DATA
*
*
AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE CLAUSE AT DFARS 252.227-7013.
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
MACRO
DIRBLK &FACTOR
DIRBLKSZ EQU
&FACTOR*32
MEND
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
150
Appendix B
MARKLIBP
MARKLIBP SOURCE (cont.)
*
MARKLIBP CSECT
*
*DIRECTORY
SPECIFIES THE NUMBER OF ENTRIES IN A LIBRARY DIRECTORY
*BLOCKING
BLOCK. LARGER VALUES DECREASE ACCESS TIME FOR LARGE
*FACTOR
LIBRARIES. THE FACTOR CANNOT EXCEED THE VALUES GIVEN
*
BELOW FOR THE DEVICE USED. A VALUE OF 0 ALLOWS COMLIB
*
TO CALCULATE THE OPTIMUM DIRECTORY BLOCKING FACTOR
*
BASED ON THE DEVICE AND SIZE OF THE LIBRARY.
*
NOT APPLICABLE TO VSAM LIBRARIES.
*
*
3330
372
*
3340
243
*
3350
561
*
3375
549
*
3380
733
*
3390
800 (ALSO APPLIES TO HITACHI DEVICE H6587)
*
9345
692
*
DIRBLK 0
*
*DEVICE
THE DEVICE RESERVE FLAG PROVIDES THE ABILITY TO ISSUE
*RESERVE
A DEVICE RESERVE RATHER THAN AN OPERATING SYSTEM ENQUE.
*FLAG
ENTER A ’1’ TO ACTIVATE THE RESERVE FEATURE FOR A
*
MAXIMUM OF ONE LIBRARY IN A GIVEN RUN. ENTER A 2 TO
*
ACTIVATE THE MULTILIB RESERVE FEATURE WHICH SUPPORTS
*
DEVICE RESERVATION FOR MORE THAN ONE LIBRARY IN A
*
GIVEN RUN. (NOT APPLICABLE TO DOS/VS(E))
*
RESERVE EQU
0
*
*ITEM
THE ITEM TRACKING FLAG ENABLES OPTIONAL FEATURES OF THE
*TRACKING
ITEM TRACKING FACILITY. ENTER A ’1’ TO REQUIRE THE USE
*FLAG
OF IT STATEMENTS WITH UPDATER IDENTIFICATION FOR ALL
*
LIBRARY UPDATES. ENTER A ’2’ TO ENABLE THE DATE-OF-ITEM
*
USE FACILITY. ENTER A ’3’ TO ENABLE BOTH.
*
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310002
00320002
00330002
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610002
151
Appendix B
MARKLIBP
ITEMTRAK EQU
0
*
C011
*
C011
*******************************************************************C011
*******************************************************************C011
* THE FOLLOWING ENTRIES HAVE TO DO WITH THE OPTIONAL COMPRESSION *C011
* OF OBJECTS STORED IN THE LIBRARY. COMPRESSED OBJECTS MUST BE
*C011
* DE-COMPRESSED WHEN THEY ARE RETRIEVED. THIS WILL ADD SOME
*C011
* MINIMAL OVERHEAD IN EXCHANGE FOR REDUCED I/O COUNTS AND DISK
*C011
* SPACE USAGE. COMPRESSION WILL BE MOST ADVANTAGEOUS IF YOUR
*C011
* LIBRARY OBJECTS TEND TO BE LARGE (MORE THAN 100 FIELDS IN A
*C011
* FILE DEFINITION OR 200 ENTRIES IN A TABLE). IF COMPRESSED
*C011
* OBJECTS HAVE BEEN STORED IN THE LIBRARY, THEY WILL STILL BE
*C011
* RETRIEVED AND DE-COMPRESSED EVEN THOUGH LIBRARY COMPRESSION
*C011
* WAS SUBSEQUENTLY DISABLED. A LIBRARY WITH COMPRESSED OBJECTS
*C011
* MAY BE CONVERTED TO A LIBRARY WITHOUT ANY COMPRESSED OBJECTS
*C011
* BY DUMPING THE LIBRARY AND THEN RESTORING IT WITH COMPRESSION
*C011
* DISABLED.
*C011
*
*C011
*
THE COMPRESSION SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED COURTESY OF
*C011
*
JEAN-LOUP GAILLY AND MARK ADLER.
*C011
*******************************************************************C011
*
C011
*MINIMUM
THE MINIMUM COMPRESS SIZE SPECIFIES THE MINIMUM
C011
*COMPRESS
SIZE THAT A LIBRARY OBJECT MUST BE BEFORE IT WILL
C011
*SIZE
BE COMPRESSED WHENEVER COMPRESSION IS ENABLED.
C011
*
OBJECTS LARGER THAN THE SPECIFIED SIZE WILL BE
C011
*
COMPRESSED WHENEVER COMPRESSION IS ENABLED.
C011
*
OBJECTS WHOSE SIZE IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE
C011
*
SPECIFIED SIZE WILL NOT BE COMPRESSED REGARDLESS
C011
*
OF WHETHER COMPRESSION IS ENABLED OR NOT.
C011
*
THE SPECIFIED SIZE SHOULD NEVER BE SMALLER THAN
C011
*
507 AND MAY BE SPECIFIED AS LARGE AS 65535.
C011
*
C011
MINCMPSZ EQU
507
C011
*
C011
*COMPRESSION
THE COMPRESSION FLAG ENABLES THE OPTIONAL LIBRARY
C011
00620000
00630002
00640002
00650002
00660002
00670002
00680002
00690002
00700002
00710002
00720002
00730002
00740002
00750002
00760002
00770002
00780002
00790002
00800002
00810002
00820002
00830002
00840002
00850002
00860002
00870002
00880002
00890002
00900002
00910002
00920002
00930002
00940002
00950002
00960002
00970002
00980002
152
Appendix B
MARKSQL
*FLAG
OBJECT COMPRESSION. ENTER A ’1’ TO ENABLE THE
C011
*
COMPRESSION OF LIBRARY OBJECTS WHOSE SIZE EXCEEDS
C011
*
THE ’MINIMUM COMPRESS SIZE’ SPECIFIED ABOVE.
C011
*
ENTER A ’0’ TO DISABLE LIBRARY OBJECT COMPRESSION. C011
*
C011
COMPRESS EQU
0
C011
*
C011
*
**********************************************************************
* USERS MUST NOT MAKE CHANGES FOLLOWING THIS PAGE
**********************************************************************
EJECT
ORG
LPRELNO DC
CL4’C4.5’
LPDIRBLK DC
Y(DIRBLKSZ)
LPRESERV DC
AL1(RESERVE)
LPITKFLG DC
AL1(ITEMTRAK)
LPCMPSIZ DC
AL2(MINCMPSZ)
C011
LPCMPFLG DC
AL1(COMPRESS)
C011
*
C011
END
00990002
01000002
01010002
01020002
01030002
01040002
01050002
01060000
01070000
01080000
01090000
01100000
01110000
01120001
01130000
01140000
01150000
01160002
01170002
01180002
01190000
MARKSQL
MARKSQL
SQL
TITLE 'SQL STATEMENT GENERATOR FOR BUILDER-DB2 INTERFACE'
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
153
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
*
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
*
*
* THIS MODULE GENERATES THE DYNAMIC SQL STATEMENTS USED BY BUILDER
*
* TO INTERFACE WITH DB2. THE GLOBAL SET SYMBOL ’MAX’ DEFINED BELOW
*
* MUST BE SET TO THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DB2 TABLES WHICH WILL BE
*
* ACCESSED WITHIN ANY BUILDER APPLICATION. AFTER SETTING THE ’MAX’
*
* VALUE APPROPRIATELY, THIS PROGRAM SHOULD BE ASSEMBLED TO GENERATE
*
* THE BUILDER-DB2 INTERFACE PROGRAM STATEMENTS. THIS GENERATED
*
* PROGRAM (THE PUNCH OUTPUT FROM THE ABOVE ASSEMBLY STEP) MUST THEN
*
* BE PROVIDED AS INPUT TO THE DB2 PRE-PROCESSOR PROGRAM FOR
*
* PREPARATION OF THE BUILDER APPLICATION PLAN TO BE USED TO ACCESS
*
* YOUR DB2 DATA BASES. SEE YOUR BUILDER INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR
*
* FURTHER EXPLANATION REGARDING THE FUNCTION OF THIS MODULE.
*
*
*
* FOLLOWING IS SOME SAMPLE JCL FOR THE ASSEMBLY AND PROGRAM
*
* PREPARATION STEPS REQUIRED FOR THIS PROGRAM FOR USE IN THE
*
* TSO/BATCH ENVIRONMENT.
*
*
*
*
//JOBNAME JOB ...
*
*
//*
*
*
//GEN
*
*
*
*
//SYSPUNCH DD DSN=&&GENOUT,DISP=(MOD,PASS),UNIT=SYSDA,
*
*
//
SPACE=(800,(200,200)),
*
*
//
*
*
//SYSUT1
*
*
//SYSLIB
*
*
//SYSIN
DD DSN=THIS.PROGRAM.SOURCE,DISP=SHR
*
*
//*
*
*
//SQLPREP EXEC DSNHASMH,MEM=MARKIV,USER=YOURID,
*
*
//
*
*
//PC.SYSIN
DD DSN=&&GENOUT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
*
*
//LKED.SYSLMOD DD DSN=YOUR.MARKIV.LOADLIB,DISP=OLD
*
*
//LKED.SYSIN
DD *
*
*
INCLUDE SYSLIB(DSNELI)
*
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160001
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340003
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
154
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
NAME MARKSQLT(R)
//
IF YOU WISH TO USE THE CALL ATTACHMENT FACILITY IN PLACE OF OR
IN ADDITION TO THE TSO ATTACHMENT FACILITY (WHICH REQUIRES THE
TSO TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND THE DSN COMMAND PROCESSOR), THE
THE LINKAGE EDITOR SYSIN STATEMENTS IN THE ABOVE EXAMPLE SHOULD
BE CHANGED AS FOLLOWS:
NAME MARKSQLC(R)
AND THE "MEM=" NAME SHOULD BE CHANGED TO MARKDB2.
FOR THE IMS ENVIRONMENT, THE IMS ATTACHMENT FACILITY IS REQUIRED
AND THE LINKAGE EDITOR SYSIN STATEMENTS IN THE ABOVE EXAMPLE
MUST BE CHANGED AS FOLLOWS:
INCLUDE SYSLIB(DFSLI000)
NAME MARKSQLI(R)
AND THE "MEM=" NAME SHOULD BE CHANGED TO MARKDLI.
NOTE THAT ALL THREE ATTACHMENT FACILITY INTERFACE PROGRAMS MAY
BE PREPARED AND PLACED INTO THE BUILDER LOAD LIBRARY. BUILDER
WILL SELECT THE APPROPRIATE PROGRAM BASED UPON THE EXECUTION
ENVIRONMENT.
ALSO NOTE THAT THE BUILDER-DB2 INTERFACE PROGRAM WILL BE ENTERED
IN THE 31-BIT ADDRESSING MODE. THEREFORE, THIS PROGRAM MAY BE
LINK EDITED WITH THE ’MODE AMODE(31),RMODE(ANY)’ LINKAGE EDITOR
CONTROL STATEMENT TO ALLOW THE PROGRAM TO BE LOADED INTO
VIRTUAL STORAGE ABOVE THE 16MB LINE FOR MVS/XA OR MVS/ESA
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610000
00620000
00630000
00640000
00650000
00660000
00670000
00680000
00690000
00700000
00710000
00720000
00730000
00740000
00750000
00760000
00770000
00780000
00790000
00800000
00810000
00820000
00830003
00840000
00850000
155
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
* OPERATING SYSTEMS.
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
*
GBLA &N,&MAX
*
***********************************************************************
*
*
&MAX
SETA 50
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SQL STATEMENTS PER APPL.
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
*
*
* !!NOTE!! DO NOT CHANGE ANY STATEMENTS BEYOND THIS LINE. !!NOTE!! *
*
*
***********************************************************************
EJECT
PUNCH ’
SPACE 3’
PUNCH ’
MACRO’
PUNCH ’&&LABEL
SQLENTER &&AREA’
PUNCH ’
AIF
(’’&&LABEL’’ EQ ’’’’).NOLABEL’
PUNCH ’&&LABEL
DS
0H’
PUNCH ’.NOLABEL ANOP’
PUNCH ’
USING *,9’
PUNCH ’
AIF
(’’&&AREA’’ EQ ’’’’).NOAREA’
PUNCH ’
USING &&AREA,5’
PUNCH ’.NOAREA ANOP’
PUNCH ’
MEND’
PUNCH ’
SPACE 3’
SPACE 3
PUNCH ’
MACRO’
PUNCH ’&&LABEL
SQLRET’
PUNCH ’
AIF
(’’&&LABEL’’ EQ ’’’’).NOLABEL’
PUNCH ’&&LABEL
DS
0H’
PUNCH ’.NOLABEL ANOP’
PUNCH ’
BR
8’
PUNCH ’
MEND’
PUNCH ’SQL
TITLE ’’SQL STATEMENTS FOR BUILDER-DB2’’’
00860000
00870000
00880000
00890000
00900000
00910000
00920000
00930000
00940000
00950000
00960000
00970000
00980000
00990000
01000000
01010000
01020000
01030000
01040000
01050000
01060000
01070000
01080000
01090000
01100000
01110000
01120000
01130000
01140000
01150000
01160000
01170000
01180000
01190000
01200000
01210000
01220000
156
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
&N
.OPENV
&N
EJECT
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
SPACE
’MARKSQL CSECT’
’MARKSQL AMODE 31’
’MARKSQL RMODE ANY’
’
USING SQLCA,2’
’
USING SQLDSECT,3’
’
USING SQLCODEX,6’
SQL2
’
USING STMT,4’
’*’
’
DC
CL8’’MARKSQL1’’
EYE-CATCHER’ SQL2
’*’
’
DC
A(SQLDLEN)
SQLDSECT SIZE’
’*’
’* VECTORS TO LIST OF INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT VECTORS’
’*’
’
DC
A(OPENLIST)’
’
DC
A(OPUDLIST)’
’
DC
A(CLOSLIST)’
’
DC
A(PREPLIST)’
’
DC
A(DESCLIST)’
’
DC
A(FTCHLIST)’
’
DC
A(EXECLIST)’
’
DC
A(XECILIST)’
’
DC
A(COMWLIST)’
3
’*’
’* SQL OPEN CURSOR STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’OPENLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A((OPENEND-*)/4-1)’
1
’
DC
A(OPEN&N)’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).OPENV
’OPENEND EQU
*’
3
01230000
01240000
01250000
01260000
01270000
01280000
01290000
01300000
01310000
01320000
01330000
01340000
01350000
01360000
01370000
01380000
01390000
01400000
01410000
01420000
01430000
01440000
01450000
01460000
01470000
01480000
01490000
01500000
01510000
01520000
01530000
01540000
01550000
01560000
01570000
01580000
01590000
157
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
&N
.OPUDV
&N
&N
.CLOSV
&N
&N
.PREPV
&N
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
’*’
’* SQL OPEN CURSOR USING DESCRIPTOR STMT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’OPUDLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A((OPUDEND-*)/4-1)’
1
’
DC
A(OPUD&N)’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).OPUDV
’OPUDEND EQU
*’
3
’*’
’* SQL CLOSE CURSOR STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’CLOSLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A((CLOSEND-*)/4-1)’
1
’
DC
A(CLOSE&N)’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).CLOSV
’CLOSEND EQU
*’
3
’*’
’* SQL PREPARE STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’PREPLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A((PREPEND-*)/4-1)’
1
’
DC
A(PREP&N)’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).PREPV
’PREPEND EQU
*’
3
’*’
01600000
01610000
01620000
01630000
01640000
01650000
01660000
01670000
01680000
01690000
01700000
01710000
01720000
01730000
01740000
01750000
01760000
01770000
01780000
01790000
01800000
01810000
01820000
01830000
01840000
01850000
01860000
01870000
01880000
01890000
01900000
01910000
01920000
01930000
01940000
01950000
01960000
158
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
&N
.DESCV
&N
&N
.FTCHV
&N
&N
.EXECV
&N
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
’* SQL DESCRIBE STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’DESCLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A((DESCEND-*)/4-1)’
1
’
DC
A(DESC&N)’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).DESCV
’DESCEND EQU
*’
3
’*’
’* SQL FETCH STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’FTCHLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A((FTCHEND-*)/4-1)’
1
’
DC
A(FTCH&N)’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).FTCHV
’FTCHEND EQU
*’
3
’*’
’* SQL EXECUTE STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’EXECLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A((EXECEND-*)/4-1)’
1
’
DC
A(EXEC&N)’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).EXECV
’EXECEND EQU
*’
3
’*’
’* SQL EXECUTE IMMEDIATE STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
01970000
01980000
01990000
02000000
02010000
02020000
02030000
02040000
02050000
02060000
02070000
02080000
02090000
02100000
02110000
02120000
02130000
02140000
02150000
02160000
02170000
02180000
02190000
02200000
02210000
02220000
02230000
02240000
02250000
02260000
02270000
02280000
02290000
02300000
02310000
02320000
02330000
159
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
EJECT
*
&N
.DECLS
&N
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
EJECT
*
&N
.OPENS
&N
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
’*’
’XECILIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A(1)’
’
DC
A(EXECIMMD)’
3
’*’
’* SQL COMMIT WORK STATEMENT VECTOR LIST’
’*’
’COMWLIST EQU
*’
’
DC
A(1)’
’
DC
A(COMMIT)’
’
EJECT’
02340000
02350000
02360000
02370000
02380000
02390000
02400000
02410000
02420000
02430000
02440000
02450000
02460000
02470000
’*’
02480000
’* DECLARE CURSOR STATEMENT’
02490000
’*’
02500000
1
02510000
02520000
’
EXEC SQL DECLARE CUR&N CURSOR WITH HOLD FOR STMT&N’ 02530002
’*’
02540000
&N+1
02550000
(&N LE &MAX).DECLS
02560000
’
EJECT’
02570000
02580000
02590000
’*’
02600000
’* OPEN CURSOR STATEMENT’
02610000
’*’
02620000
1
02630000
02640000
’OPEN&N
SQLENTER’
02650000
’
EXEC SQL OPEN CUR&N’
02660000
’
SQLRET’
02670000
’
LTORG’
02680000
’*’
02690000
&N+1
02700000
160
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
AIF
(&N LE &MAX).OPENS
PUNCH ’
EJECT’
EJECT
*
&N
.OPUDS
&N
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
EJECT
’*’
’* OPEN CURSOR USING DESCRIPTOR STATEMENT’
’*’
1
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
EJECT
’*’
’* CLOSE CURSOR STATEMENT’
’*’
1
’OPUD&N
SQLENTER SQLDA&N’
’
EXEC SQL OPEN CUR&N USING DESCRIPTOR :SQLDA&N’
’
SQLRET’
’
LTORG’
’*’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).OPUDS
’
EJECT’
*
&N
.CLOSS
&N
’CLOSE&N SQLENTER’
’
EXEC SQL CLOSE CUR&N’
’
SQLRET’
’
LTORG’
’*’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).CLOSS
’
EJECT’
*
PUNCH ’*’
PUNCH ’* PREPARE STATEMENT’
PUNCH ’*’
02710000
02720000
02730000
02740000
02750000
02760000
02770000
02780000
02790000
02800000
02810000
02820000
02830000
02840000
02850000
02860000
02870000
02880000
02890000
02900000
02910000
02920000
02930000
02940000
02950000
02960000
02970000
02980000
02990000
03000000
03010000
03020000
03030000
03040000
03050000
03060000
03070000
161
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
&N
.PREPS
&N
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
EJECT
1
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
EJECT
’*’
’* DESCRIBE
’*’
1
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
’*’
’* FETCH STATEMENT’
’*’
1
’PREP&N
SQLENTER’
’
EXEC SQL PREPARE STMT&N FROM :STMT’
’
SQLRET’
’
LTORG’
’*’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).PREPS
’
EJECT’
*
&N
.DESCS
&N
STATEMENT’
’DESC&N
SQLENTER SQLDA&N’
’
EXEC SQL DESCRIBE STMT&N INTO :SQLDA&N’
’
SQLRET’
’
LTORG’
’*’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).DESCS
’
EJECT’
*
&N
.FTCHS
’FTCH&N
’
EXEC
’
’
’*’
SQLENTER SQLDA&N’
SQL FETCH CUR&N USING DESCRIPTOR :SQLDA&N’
SQLRET’
LTORG’
03080000
03090000
03100000
03110000
03120000
03130000
03140000
03150000
03160000
03170000
03180000
03190000
03200000
03210000
03220000
03230000
03240000
03250000
03260000
03270000
03280000
03290000
03300000
03310000
03320000
03330000
03340000
03350000
03360000
03370000
03380000
03390000
03400000
03410000
03420000
03430000
03440000
162
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
&N
SETA &N+1
AIF
(&N LE &MAX).FTCHS
PUNCH ’
EJECT’
EJECT
*
&N
.EXECS
&N
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
PUNCH
EJECT
’*’
’* EXECUTE STATEMENT’
’*’
1
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
’*’
’* EXEC IMMEDIATE STATEMENT’
’*’
’EXECIMMD SQLENTER’
’
EXEC SQL EXECUTE IMMEDIATE :STMT’
’
SQLRET’
’*’
’
LTORG’
’
EJECT’
3
’*’
’* COMMIT WORK STATEMENT’
’*’
’COMMIT
SQLENTER’
’
EXEC SQL COMMIT WORK’
’
SQLRET’
’*’
’EXEC&N
SQLENTER SQLDA&N’
’
EXEC SQL EXECUTE STMT&N USING DESCRIPTOR :SQLDA&N’
’
SQLRET’
’
LTORG’
’*’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).EXECS
’
EJECT’
*
03450000
03460000
03470000
03480000
03490000
03500000
03510000
03520000
03530000
03540000
03550000
03560000
03570000
03580000
03590000
03600000
03610000
03620000
03630000
03640000
03650000
03660000
03670000
03680000
03690000
03700000
03710000
03720000
03730000
03740000
03750000
03760000
03770000
03780000
03790000
03800000
03810000
163
Appendix B
MARKSQL
MARKSQL (cont.)
&N
.DA
&N
PUNCH
PUNCH
SETA
ANOP
PUNCH
SETA
AIF
SPACE
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH
’
’
1
LTORG’
EJECT’
’SQLDA&N DSECT’
&N+1
(&N LE &MAX).DA
3
’MARKSQL CSECT’
’
EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION’
’*’
’* EXEC INCLUDE SQLDA STATEMENT’
’*’
’
EXEC SQL INCLUDE SQLDA’
’
SPACE 3’
’*’
’* DATA AREAS USED BY SQL STATEMENTS’
’*’
’
SPACE 3’
’STMTBUF DSECT’
’STMT
DS
H,CL80’
’*’
’SQLCODEX DSECT’
’SQLCODE DS
F’
’*’
’DUMMY
DSECT’
’*’
’
EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION’
’*’
’
END’
*
END
SQL2
SQL2
SQL2
SQL2
SQL2
SQL2
SQL2
SQL2
03820000
03830000
03840000
03850000
03860000
03870000
03880000
03890000
03900000
03910000
03920000
03930000
03940000
03950000
03960000
03970000
03980000
03990000
04000000
04010000
04020000
04030000
04040000
04050000
04060000
04070000
04080000
04090000
04100000
04110000
04120000
04130000
164
Appendix B
Query Language Parameters — BQLPARM
BQLPARM
QPOLBQL
TITLE 'BQLPARM - STERLING SOFTWARE, INC.'
ISEQ 73,80
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
SPACE 3
BQLPARM CSECT
**************************** QLPARM ***********************************
*
* THIS CSECT IS USED TO DEFINE QL INSTALLATION DEPENDENT PARAMETERS.
*
***********************************************************************
*
DC
CL8’BQLPARM’
*
***********************************************************************
*
* THIS TABLE GIVES THE VALUES FOR PAGE WIDTH, PAGE HEIGHT,
* DATE TYPE, DATE POSITION,
* COLUMN HEADING TYPE, PAGE NUMBER POSITION AND LABELS ON
* SUMMARY LINES FOR EACH TERMINAL TYPE TO BE REFERENCED IN THE
* ’PRINT CON’ COMMAND. A BLANK ENTRY FOR PAGE WIDTH OR PAGE
* HEIGHT INDICATES THAT THE CORRESPONDING INSTALLATION DEFAULT
* FOR WIDTH OR HEIGHT IS TO BE USED.
*
IN BATCH INSTALLATIONS THIS TABLE CAN BE USED TO DEFINE SPECIAL
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
165
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
* INSTALLATION DEFINED PAGE FORMATS. IF NO ENTRIES ARE PUT IN THIS
* TABLE, THEN THE ’PRINT CON’ COMMAND SHOULD NOT BE USED.
*
* EACH ENTRY IN CONTAB IS 17 BYTES LONG AS SHOWN:
* BYTES 1 TO 4-ALPHANUMERIC TERMINAL TYPE DESIGNATOR
* BYTES 5 TO 7-PAGE WIDTH. BLANK,A TO E(LEFT JUSTIFIED) OR
*
1 TO 132(RIGHT JUSTIFIED).
* BYTES 8 TO 10-PAGE HEIGHT.SAME FORMAT AS PAGE WIDTH ENTRY.
*
SEE REFERENCE MANUAL FOR PAGE SIZES
*
CORRESPONDING TO LETTERS A THRU E.
* BYTE 11
-COLUMN HEADING TYPE-BLANK,F OR X.
* BYTES 12 TO 13-PAGE NUMBER POSITION-ONE OF BLANK,NP,LL,LR,MT,MB,UR.
* BYTE 14
-LABELS ON SUMMARY LINES-BLANK,L OR X.
* BYTES 15 TO 16-DATE POSN. ONE OF UL,UR,LL,LR,MT,MB,ND.
*
-USE ND IF NO DATE REQUIRED.
* BYTE 17
-DATE TYPE: T FOR TODAY(DD/MM/YY,MM/DD/YY),
*
D FOR DATE(JAN 1,1974) OR
*
BLANK
*
***********************************************************************
*
CONTABS DS
0F
DC
CL4’2741’
IBM 2741
DC
CL3’132’
PAGE WIDTH
DC
CL3’ 66’
PAGE HEIGHT
DC
CL7’ UR UL ’
DC
CL4’TTY ’
TELETYPE
DC
CL3’ 72’
DC
CL3’ 66’
DC
CL7’XNP ULD’
DC
CL4’VCOM’
BELL VUCOM
DC
CL3’ 72’
DC
CL3’ 16’
DC
CL7’XNP ND ’
DC
CL4’4013’
TETRONIX 4013
DC
CL3’ 72’
DC
CL3’ 35’
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610000
00620000
00630000
00640000
00650000
00660000
00670000
00680000
00690000
00700000
00710000
00720000
166
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
DC
C’XNP ND ’
EQU
*
MUST BE AT END OF TABLE
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
* MISCELLANEOUS QL PARAMETERS
*
***********************************************************************
*
CONTC
EQU
C’?’
CHARACTER TO BE USED FOR LINE
*
CONTINUATION. ANY CHARACTER EXCEPT
*
; MAY BE USED
*
ECHO
EQU
1
SET TO 1 IF INPUT LINES ARE TO BE ECHO
*
PRINTED(OS/390 BATCH INSTALLATIONS.
*
SET TO 0 IF INPUT IS NOT TO BE ECHO
*
PRINTED(ONLINE VERSIONS).
*
TERM
EQU
1
ERROR SEVERITY LEVEL THRESHOLD.
*
ALL ERROR MESSAGES
*
WITH MESSAGE SEVERITY LEVEL
*
GREATER THAN THIS NUMBER WILL BE
*
PRINTED AT THE TERMINAL. THE USER CAN
*
RESET THE DEFAULT VALUE GIVEN HERE BY
*
USING THE OPTIONS COMMAND.
*
THIS ITEM IS IGNORED IN THE
*
BATCH VERSIONS.
*
OPSYSD
EQU
C’BQL’
3-CHARACTER OPERATING SYSTEM DESIGNATOR.
*
MUST BE ONE OF:CMS OQL BQL .
*
FDLN
EQU
8
FILE DESIGNATOR LENGTH. SET AS FOLLOWS:
*
CMS-20
*
BQL-8
*
OQL-8
*
TLU
EQU
1
SET TO 1 IF TABLE LOOKUP CAPABILITY
CONTABE
00730000
00740000
00750000
00760000
00770000
00780000
00790000
00800000
00810000
00820000
00830000
00840000
00850000
00860000
00870000
00880000
00890000
00900000
00910000
00920000
00930000
00940000
00950000
00960000
00970000
00980000
00990000
01000000
01010000
01020000
01030000
01040000
01050000
01060000
01070000
01080000
01090000
167
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
*
IS INSTALLED;0 OTHERWISE.
*
***********************************************************************
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
* THIS AREA HOLDS THE DEFAULT VALUES FOR THE FILE DESIGNATORS USED
* BY QL ITSELF AND FOR THOSE FILES WHICH MAY BE SPECIFIED BY THE
* USE COMMAND. THE CONTENTS OF EACH ENTRY ARE DEPENDENT ON THE
* OPERATING SYSTEM BEING USED AS FOLLOWS.
*
* FOR CP-67/CMS AND VM370/CMS
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-BLANK EXCEPT FOR $$ILIST WHICH SHOULD HAVE BYTES 1-4
*
EITHER ’ CON’ OR ’ PRT’ ACCORDINGLY AS PRINT CON
*
OR PRINT PRT IS TO BE ASSUMED AS THE DEFAULT
*
WHEN NO PRINT COMMAND IS ENTERED. BYTES 5-8 OF
*
$$ILIST SHOULD BE SET TO THE DEFAULT CONSOLE
*
TYPE TO BE USED WHEN ’PRINT CON’ WITH NO CONSOLE TYPE
*
IS ENTERED. THIS CONSOLE TYPE MUST MATCH AN ENTRY IN
*
THE CONTABS TABLE ABOVE.
*
* BYTES 9 TO 16-DEFAULT CMS FILETYPE NORMALLY THIS CORRESPONDS TO
*
THE STANDARD DDNAME FOR THE FILE
*
* BYTES 17 TO 20-FILE MODE FOLLOWED BY 2 BLANKS, NORMALLY
*
THIS WOULD BE ’P1 ’ FOR CP AND ’A1 ’FOR VM.
*
***********************************************************************
*
* FOR VS1 AND VS2 BATCH AND TSO
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-BLANK EXCEPT FOR $$ILIST WHICH SHOULD HAVE
*
BYTES 1-4 SET TO ’ PRT’ NOTE THAT THE
*
PRINT CON COMMAND WITH A CONSOLE TYPE MAY
*
BE USED TO OBTAIN INSTALLATION DEFINED
*
PAGE FORMATS SINCE CON IS CONSIDERED THE SAME
01100000
01110000
01120000
01130000
01140000
01150000
01160000
01170000
01180001
01190000
01200000
01210000
01220000
01230000
01240000
01250000
01260000
01270000
01280000
01290000
01300000
01310000
01320000
01330000
01340000
01350000
01360000
01370000
01380000
01390000
01400000
01410000
01420000
01430000
01440000
01450000
01460000
168
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
*
AS PRT FOR BATCH. IF ENTRIES HAVE BEEN PLACED IN
*
CONTAB, THEN BYTES 5 TO 8 OF $$ILIST
*
SHOULD BE SET TO THE DEFAULT PAGE FORMAT TO BE USED
*
WHEN ’PRINT CON’ WITH NO CONSOLE TYPE IS USED. THIS
*
CONSOLE TYPE MUST MATCH AN ENTRY IN CONTAB. IF NO
*
ENTRIES HAVE BEEN PUT IN CONTAB, THEN BYTES 5 TO 8
*
SHOULD BE BLANK.
*
***********************************************************************
DS
0F
$$IOLD
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$INEW
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ITRAN DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ICRD1 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ICRD2 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ICRD3 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF1 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF2 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF3 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF4 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF5 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISLIB DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ILIB
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF0 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ILIST DC
CL(FDLN)’ CON2741’
* END OF USER DEFINED FILE DESIGNATOR DEFAULTS
EJECT
***********************************************************************
* FILE DESIGNATORS FOR QL FILES. THE CONTENTS OF EACH DESIGNATOR
* DEPEND ON THE OPERATING SYSTEM USED AS FOLLOWS.
*
* FOR VM/CMS
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-ANY VALID CMS FILENAME
* BYTES 9 TO 16-ANY VALID CMS FILETYPE
* BYTES 17 TO 20-FILE MODE FOLLOWED BY 2 BLANKS.
*
01470000
01480000
01490000
01500000
01510000
01520000
01530000
01540000
01550000
01560000
01570000
01580000
01590000
01600000
01610000
01620000
01630000
01640000
01650000
01660000
01670000
01680000
01690000
01700000
01710000
01720000
01730000
01740000
01750000
01760001
01770000
01780000
01790000
01800000
01810000
01820000
01830000
169
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
**********************************************************************
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-MUST CONTAIN DDNAME OF FILE
*
**********************************************************************
SPACE
* QUERY FILE. HOLDS SOURCE CODE GENERATED BY QL.
$$QUERY DC
CL(FDLN)’$QUERY’
SPACE
* SRC FILE. HOLDS QL SOURCE CODE AFTER RETAIN OR TERMINATION.
$$SRC
DC
CL(FDLN)’$SOURCE’
SPACE
* TEMP FILE. SCRATCH FILE HOLDING $QUERY CARD IMAGES.
$$TEMP
DC
CL(FDLN)’$TEMP’
SPACE
* TEMPE FILE. SCRATCH FILE FOR QL SOURCE AFTER EDIT CALL.
$$TEMPE DC
CL(FDLN)’$TEMPE’
SPACE
* FILE HOLDING AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED FILE DEFINITION
$$SVFD
DC
CL(FDLN)’$SAVEFD’
SPACE
* MESSAGE FILE. HOLDS QL SIGNON MESSAGE.
MESSAGE DC
CL(FDLN)’$MESSAGE’
SPACE
* DSN OF FILE CONTAINING MARKINIT MODULES. TSX ONLY
M4CALL1 DC
CL(FDLN)’SYS1.ASMK4.MARKIV.VERSION3(MARKINIT)’
SPACE
* DSN OF FILE CONTAINING PROCESSING MODULES. TSX ONLY
M4CALL2 DC
CL(FDLN)’SYS1.ASMK4.MARKIV.VERSION3(MARKIV)’
SPACE
* FILE CONTAINING GLOSSARY M4INPUT CARDS.
GLOSSF
DC
CL(FDLN)’$GLOSS’
SPACE
* FILE CONTAINING RC CARD FOR REPORT PHASE. CMS,TSX ONLY.
REPRC
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
* END OF QL FILE DESIGNATORS
01840000
01850000
01860000
01870000
01880000
01890000
01900000
01910000
01920000
01930000
01940000
01950000
01960000
01970000
01980000
01990000
02000000
02010000
02020000
02030000
02040000
02050000
02060000
02070000
02080000
02090000
02100000
02110000
02120000
02130000
02140000
02150000
02160000
02170000
02180000
02190000
02200000
170
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
* QL MESSAGES
*
* THE WORDING, LENGTH OR LANGUAGE OF THESE MESSAGES MAY BE
* MODIFIED TO SUIT A PARTICULAR INSTALLATION OR OPERATING SYSTEM.
* THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY MESSAGE IS 68 CHARACTERS.
* THE WORDING OF THE FOLLOWING ERROR MESSAGES VARIES BETWEEN
* OPERATING SYSTEMS: 9,12,19,26 AND 50.
*
**********************************************************************
*
ERR1
DC C’SYNTAX ERROR’
ERR2
DC C’MORE THAN 30 FIELDS IN LIST OR SAVE ST’
ERR3
DC C’MORE THAN 1 SORT OR BREAK SUB-ST/LIST ST’
ERR4
DC C’FILE DEFINITION NAME (FNAME OR TFNAME CMD) NOT GIVEN’
ERR5
DC C’OLD,NEW OR TRAN FILE(USE CMD) NOT GIVEN’
ERR6
DC C’SFNAME SPECIFIED WITHOUT SLIB OR VICE VERSA’
ERR7
DC C’CORD FILE QUALIFIER USED AND CFNAME CMD NOT ENTERED’
ERR8
DC C’LIB FILE( USE ST) NOT GIVEN’
ERR9
DC C’PROGRAM CONTAINS SERIOUS ERRORS.RECOMPILE’
ERR10
DC C’NO PRECEDING LIST STATEMENT’
ERR11
DC C’UNDEFINED LABEL’
ERR12
DC C’NO DDCARD PROVIDED FOR RETAIN FILE’
ERR13
DC C’TYPE NO OR HIT CARRIAGE RETURN’
ERR14
DC C’LENGTH OF NAME EXCEEDS 8 CHARACTERS’
ERR15
DC C’WARNING.CONTROL BREAK OCCURS WITHOUT SORT.PRIOR LIST ST.’
ERR16
DC C’TOO MANY NESTED COPY STATEMENTS’
ERR17
DC C’DUPLICATE LABELS’
ERR18
DC C’ILLEGAL BACKWARD BRANCH’
ERR19
DC C’PROGRAM CONTAINS ERRORS’
ERR20
DC C’TOO MANY LABELED STATEMENTS’
ERR21
DC C’CFNAME ENTERED AND -USE CORDN- NOT GIVEN’
ERR22
DC C’TOO MANY PR OR TF CARDS GENERATED’
ERR23
DC C’TOO MANY R1 CARDS GENERATED’
ERR24
DC C’WARNING.PRINT CMD(IF USED) SHOULD PRECEDE ALL LIST ST.’
02210000
02220000
02230000
02240000
02250000
02260000
02270000
02280000
02290000
02300000
02310000
02320000
02330000
02340000
02350000
02360000
02370000
02380000
02390000
02400000
02410000
02420000
02430000
02440000
02450000
02460000
02470000
02480000
02490000
02500000
02510000
02520000
02530000
02540000
02550000
02560000
02570000
171
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
ERR25
ERR26
ERR27
ERR28
ERR29
ERR30
ERR31
ERR32
ERR33
ERR34
ERR35
ERR36
ERR37
ERR38
ERR39
ERR40
ERR41
ERR42
ERR43
ERR44
ERR45
ERR46
ERR47
ERR48
ERR49
ERR50
ERR51
ERR52
ERR53
ERR54
ERR55
ERR56
ERR57
ERR58
ERR59
ERR60
ERR61
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
C’EQUATE CMD(IF USED) MUST PRECEDE ALL STMNTS’
C’NO DDCARD PROVIDED FOR COPY FILE’
C’LENGTH OF CHARACTER LITERAL >31’
C’COMMA SEPARATOR MAY ONLY FOLLOW EQ OR NE’
C’MORE THAN 9 SORT, BREAK, OR SUMMARY ITEMS GIVEN’
C’ITEM NO. 0 OR > NO. OF ITEMS IN LIST OR SAVE STATEMENT’
C’BREAK SUB-ST MUST PRECEDE NEWPAGE,SUBTITLE OR SUMMARIES’
C’AUTOCORD OR CFNAME CMDS(IF USED) MUST PRECEDE ALL STMNTS’
C’SFORMAT CMD(IF USED) MUST PRECEDE ALL SAVE/SAVEALL ST’
C’TITLE IS LONGER THAN 59 CHARS’
C’MORE THAN 3 TITLE LINES SPECIFIED’
C’EDIT STRING IN LAYOUT PH CONTAINS>15 CHARS’
C’WARNING. MORE ITEMS IN LAYOUT PH THAN LIST PH’
C’NO. OF SPACES SPECIFIED IN LAYOUT PH IS >99.’
C’PAGE WIDTH OR HEIGHT=0 OR > 132.ITEM IGNORED’
C’SP OR I VALUE=0 OR >9.ITEM IGNORED’
C’PAGEN OR MAXP VALUE=0 OR >9999.ITEM IGNORED’
C’MAXL VALUE=0 OR >99.ITEM IGNORED’
C’SUMMARY SPECIFIED ON CONTROL BREAK FIELD.PRIOR LIST ST.’
C’KEY SUB-ST AND NO SAVE ST. WITH SFNAME PHRASE GIVEN’
C’HEADING CONTAINS MORE THAN 14 CHARACTERS’
C’INITIAL VALUE CONTAINS >16 CHARACTERS’
C’DEFINE EDIT STRING CONTAINS >3 CHARACTERS’
C’TWO FILE DESIGNATORS GIVEN AND CFNAME NOT ENTERED’
C’WARNING. FILE DOES NOT EXIST. FN,FT,AND MODE ARE:’
C’EDIT NOT SUPPORTED IN THIS VERSION’
C’NO STATEMENTS ENTERED AND ONLY TRAN OR OLD GIVEN’
C’END COMMAND NOT ENTERED’
C’SYNONYM TABLE FULL’
C’LINE CONTAINS MORE THAN 64 CHARACTERS’
C’ONLY START,QUIT,EDIT,RETAIN,OR CLEAR ALLOWED AFTER END’
C’MORE THAN 1 WHERE SUB-ST PER LIST OR SAVE ST’
C’NOT ENOUGH CORE FOR MARK IV. MINIMUM OF 384K REQUIRED’
C’LET EXPRESSION TOO LONG’
C’MORE THAN 9 DEC PLACES SPECIFIED’
C’FIELD LENGTH=0 OR > MAXIMUM ALLOWED LENGTH’
C’INVALID CONSOLE DESIGNATOR. CMD IGNORED’
02580000
02590000
02600000
02610000
02620000
02630000
02640000
02650000
02660000
02670000
02680000
02690000
02700000
02710000
02720000
02730000
02740000
02750000
02760000
02770000
02780000
02790000
02800000
02810000
02820000
02830000
02840000
02850000
02860000
02870000
02880000
02890000
02900000
02910000
02920000
02930000
02940000
172
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
ERR62
ERR63
ERR64
ERR65
ERR66
ERR67
ERR68
ERR69
ERR70
ERR71
ERR72
ERR73
ERR74
ERR75
ERR76
ERR77
ERR78
ERR79
ERR80
ERR81
ERR82
ERR83
ERR84
ERR85
ERR86
ERR87
ERR88
ERR89
ERR90
ERRN
DC C’TOO MANY CONTINUATION CARDS. JOB TERMINATED’
DC C’WARNING.NEXT LINE MUST NOT BE CONTINUED’
DC C’FILE DESIGNATOR TOO LONG’
DC C’PARTIAL FIELD START OR LENGTH=0 OR > 99’
DC C’SOURCE FILE DOES NOT EXIST. CMD IGNORED’
DC C’APOSTROPHE MISSING IN STRING’
DC C’WARNING.MORE THAN 1 REFERENCE TO SAME ITEM IN SUB-ST.’
DC C’CONTROL BREAK LEVEL=0 OR >9’
DC C’WARNING.BREAK(IF USED)MUST ASSIGN ALL CONTROL BRK LEVELS’
DC C’PARENTHESIS NESTED TO DEPTH > 9’
DC C’SAME NUMERATOR USED MORE THAN ONCE IN PERCENT/RATIO’
DC C’CHARACTER STRING SPLIT OVER 2 LINES’
DC C’CHARACTER STRING APPEARS IN ARITHMETIC EXPRESSION’
DC C’EDIT STRING GIVEN WITH C,V,OR E TYPE FIELDS’
DC C’DUPLICATE FILE ID IN SAVE STATEMENT’
DC C’MORE THAN 1 KEY SUB-ST. PER SAVE ST.’
DC C’TEMPORARY FIELD IS ALREADY DEFINED’
DC C’COPY OR EDIT COMMAND MUST BE LAST SENTENCE IN LINE’
DC C’INVALID DECIMAL NUMBER’
DC C’UNKNOWN KEYWORD. KEYWORD-VALUE PAIR IGNORED’
DC C’ILLEGAL VALUE FOR ITEM.KEYWORD-VALUE PAIR IGNORED’
DC C’BLOCKING FACTOR/BUFFER SIZE=0 OR > 9999’
DC C’ONLY 1 SAVE ST. PER SUBFILE MAY USE SFNAME’
DC C’MORE THAN 5 SUBFILE SELECTORS IN SAVEALL ST.’
DC C’NO PRECEDING LIST,SAVE OR SAVEALL ST.’
DC C’NO. OF SUBFILES SPECIFIED NE NO. OF FILE SELECTORS’
DC C’USE CMD NOT ENTERED FOR:’
DC C’TABLE LOOKUP FEATURE NOT SUPPORTED’
DC C’OVERRIDE OPERAND NOT SPECIFIED.’
OVER
EQU
*
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
**** D O N O T M A K E C H A N G E S B E Y O N D H E R E ******
*
***********************************************************************
*
PRINT OFF
02950000
02960000
02970000
02980000
02990000
03000000
03010000
03020000
03030000
03040000
03050000
03060000
03070000
03080000
03090000
03100000
03110000
03120000
03130000
03140000
03150000
03160000
03170000
03180000
03190000
03200000
03210000
03220000
03230000
03240000
03250000
03260000
03270000
03280000
03290000
03300000
03310000
173
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
CONTAB
*
$IECHO
ITERM
CONTCH
*
QLMMSGA
MSGADR1
DC
A(CONTABS,17,CONTABE)
DS
DC
DC
DC
0F
A(ECHO)
A(TERM)
AL1(CONTC)
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
A(MSGADR1-3,(MSGADRN-MSGADR1)/3)
AL3(ERR1)
AL3(ERR2)
AL3(ERR3)
AL3(ERR4)
AL3(ERR5)
AL3(ERR6)
AL3(ERR7)
AL3(ERR8)
AL3(ERR9)
AL3(ERR10)
AL3(ERR11)
AL3(ERR12)
AL3(ERR13)
AL3(ERR14)
AL3(ERR15)
AL3(ERR16)
AL3(ERR17)
AL3(ERR18)
AL3(ERR19)
AL3(ERR20)
AL3(ERR21)
AL3(ERR22)
AL3(ERR23)
AL3(ERR24)
AL3(ERR25)
AL3(ERR26)
AL3(ERR27)
AL3(ERR28)
AL3(ERR29)
03320000
03330000
03340000
03350000
03360000
03370000
03380000
03390000
03400000
03410000
03420000
03430000
03440000
03450000
03460000
03470000
03480000
03490000
03500000
03510000
03520000
03530000
03540000
03550000
03560000
03570000
03580000
03590000
03600000
03610000
03620000
03630000
03640000
03650000
03660000
03670000
03680000
174
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
AL3(ERR30)
AL3(ERR31)
AL3(ERR32)
AL3(ERR33)
AL3(ERR34)
AL3(ERR35)
AL3(ERR36)
AL3(ERR37)
AL3(ERR38)
AL3(ERR39)
AL3(ERR40)
AL3(ERR41)
AL3(ERR42)
AL3(ERR43)
AL3(ERR44)
AL3(ERR45)
AL3(ERR46)
AL3(ERR47)
AL3(ERR48)
AL3(ERR49)
AL3(ERR50)
AL3(ERR51)
AL3(ERR52)
AL3(ERR53)
AL3(ERR54)
AL3(ERR55)
AL3(ERR56)
AL3(ERR57)
AL3(ERR58)
AL3(ERR59)
AL3(ERR60)
AL3(ERR61)
AL3(ERR62)
AL3(ERR63)
AL3(ERR64)
AL3(ERR65)
AL3(ERR66)
03690000
03700000
03710000
03720000
03730000
03740000
03750000
03760000
03770000
03780000
03790000
03800000
03810000
03820000
03830000
03840000
03850000
03860000
03870000
03880000
03890000
03900000
03910000
03920000
03930000
03940000
03950000
03960000
03970000
03980000
03990000
04000000
04010000
04020000
04030000
04040000
04050000
175
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
DC
AL3(ERR67)
DC
AL3(ERR68)
DC
AL3(ERR69)
DC
AL3(ERR70)
DC
AL3(ERR71)
DC
AL3(ERR72)
DC
AL3(ERR73)
DC
AL3(ERR74)
DC
AL3(ERR75)
DC
AL3(ERR76)
DC
AL3(ERR77)
DC
AL3(ERR78)
DC
AL3(ERR79)
DC
AL3(ERR80)
DC
AL3(ERR81)
DC
AL3(ERR82)
DC
AL3(ERR83)
DC
AL3(ERR84)
DC
AL3(ERR85)
DC
AL3(ERR86)
DC
AL3(ERR87)
DC
AL3(ERR88)
DC
AL3(ERR89)
DC
AL3(ERR90)
OVER
MSGADRN DC
AL3(ERRN)
EJECT
***********************************************************************
* FILE DESIGNATOR AREA. HOLDS CURRENT VALUE OF ALL THE FILE
* DESIGNATORS WHICH CAN BE REFERENCED FROM QL. THE DEFAULT VALUES OF
* THESE DESIGNATORS ARE GIVEN ABOVE.
* THE LAYOUT OF EACH DESIGNATOR IS OPERATING SYSTEM DEPENDENT.
*
***********************************************************************
FDTAB
DC
A($$OLD,FDLN,LASTFD)
USED TO COPY DEFAULTS FROM
*
AREA ABOVE. DONE BY REMOTE 4.
$FDLEN
DC
A(FDLN)
$$OLD
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
04060000
04070000
04080000
04090000
04100000
04110000
04120000
04130000
04140000
04150000
04160000
04170000
04180000
04190000
04200000
04210000
04220000
04230000
04240000
04250000
04260000
04270000
04280000
04290000
04300000
04310000
04320000
04330000
04340000
04350001
04360000
04370000
04380000
04390000
04400000
04410000
04420000
176
Appendix B
BQLPARM (cont.)
$$NEW
$$TRAN
$$CORD1
$$CORD2
$$CORD3
$$SUBF1
$$SUBF2
$$SUBF3
$$SUBF4
$$SUBF5
$$SLIB
$$LIB
$$SUBF0
$$LIST
LASTFD
* END OF
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
EQU
*-FDLN
MUST FOLLOW LAST FILE DESIGNATOR
FILE DESIGNATOR AREA
EJECT
***********************************************************************
* MISCELLANEOUS FLAGS. THE INITIAL VALUES OF $TERM AND
* $ECHO ARE COPIED FROM ABOVE BY REMOTE 4.
* FNAME,GLOSS,$PRORUN AND $RC ARE INITIALIZED DIRECTLY
* BY REMOTE 4.
*
***********************************************************************
*
$$FNAME DS
CL8
FILENAME(FOR RC CARD).
*
USED FOR GLOSSARY RUN
$$GLOSS DS
CL4
1ST BYTE=A,B,OR 1.IS PUT ON FD
*
CARD WHEN PRODUCING A GLOSSARY
$PRORUN DS
F
=1 IF THIS IS A PROCESSING RUN
$RC
DS
F
RETURN CODE
*
$ECHO
DS
F
=1 IF SOURCE IS TO BE ECHO PRINTED
$TERM
DS
F
FOR ONLINE SYSTEMS,GIVES THE MINIMUM
*
MESSAGE SEVERITY LEVEL FOR MESSAGES
*
PRINTED AT THE TERMINAL
OPSYS
DC
AL3(OPSYSD)
04430000
04440000
04450000
04460000
04470000
04480000
04490000
04500000
04510000
04520000
04530000
04540000
04550000
04560000
04570000
04580000
04590000
04600000
04610000
04620000
04630000
04640000
04650000
04660000
04670000
04680000
04690000
04700000
04710000
04720000
04730000
04740000
04750000
04760000
04770000
04780000
04790000
177
Appendix B
Online Language Parameters — OQLPARM
BQLPARM (cont.)
*
$MK4SPF
DC
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
END
A(TLU)
TLU CAPABILITY FLAGS
CONTAB,QLMMSGA,$IECHO,OPSYS,ITERM,CONTCH
$$IOLD,$$INEW,$$ITRAN,$$ICRD1,$$ICRD2,$$ICRD3
$$ISBF0,$$ISBF1,$$ISBF2,$$ILIST,$$ILIB,$$ISLIB
$$ISBF3,$$ISBF4,$$ISBF5
$$QUERY,$$SRC,$$TEMP,$$TEMPE,MESSAGE,$$SVFD
$RC,$TERM,$PRORUN,$ECHO,$$FNAME,$$GLOSS
$$CORD1,$$CORD2,$$CORD3,$$SUBF3,$$SUBF4,$$SUBF5
$$OLD,$$NEW,$$TRAN,$$SUBF0,$$SUBF1,$$SUBF2
$$LIST,$$LIB,$$SLIB,FDTAB,$FDLEN,REPRC,M4CALL1,M4CALL2
GLOSSF,$MK4SPF
04800000
04810000
04820000
04830000
04840000
04850000
04860000
04870000
04880000
04890000
04900000
04910000
04920000
OQLPARM
QPOLTSO
TITLE 'OQLPARM - STERLING SOFTWARE, INC.'
ISEQ 73,80
***********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
***********************************************************************
SPACE 3
OQLPARM CSECT
**************************** QLPARM ***********************************
*
00010000
00020000
00030000
00040000
00050000
00060000
00070000
00080000
00090000
00100000
00110000
00120000
00130000
00140000
00150000
00160000
00170000
00180000
00190000
178
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
* THIS CSECT IS USED TO DEFINE QL INSTALLATION DEPENDENT PARAMETERS.
*
***********************************************************************
*
DC
CL8’OQLPARM’
*
***********************************************************************
*
* THIS TABLE GIVES THE VALUES FOR PAGE WIDTH, PAGE HEIGHT,
* DATE TYPE, DATE POSITION,
* COLUMN HEADING TYPE, PAGE NUMBER POSITION AND LABELS ON
* SUMMARY LINES FOR EACH TERMINAL TYPE TO BE REFERENCED IN THE
* ’PRINT CON’ COMMAND. A BLANK ENTRY FOR PAGE WIDTH OR PAGE
* HEIGHT INDICATES THAT THE CORRESPONDING INSTALLATION DEFAULT
* FOR WIDTH OR HEIGHT IS TO BE USED.
*
IN BATCH INSTALLATIONS THIS TABLE CAN BE USED TO DEFINE SPECIAL
* INSTALLATION DEFINED PAGE FORMATS. IF NO ENTRIES ARE PUT IN THIS
* TABLE, THEN THE ’PRINT CON’ COMMAND SHOULD NOT BE USED.
*
* EACH ENTRY IN CONTAB IS 17 BYTES LONG AS SHOWN:
* BYTES 1 TO 4-ALPHANUMERIC TERMINAL TYPE DESIGNATOR
* BYTES 5 TO 7-PAGE WIDTH. BLANK,A TO E(LEFT JUSTIFIED) OR
*
1 TO 132(RIGHT JUSTIFIED).
* BYTES 8 TO 10-PAGE HEIGHT.SAME FORMAT AS PAGE WIDTH ENTRY.
*
SEE REFERENCE MANUAL FOR PAGE SIZES
*
CORRESPONDING TO LETTERS A THRU E.
* BYTE 11
-COLUMN HEADING TYPE-BLANK,F OR X.
* BYTES 12 TO 13-PAGE NUMBER POSITION-ONE OF BLANK,NP,LL,LR,MT,MB.
* BYTE 14
-LABELS ON SUMMARY LINES-BLANK,L OR X.
* BYTES 15 TO 16-DATE POSN. ONE OF UL,UR,LL,LR,MT,MB,ND.
*
-USE ND IF NO DATE REQUIRED.
* BYTE 17
-DATE TYPE: T FOR TODAY(DD/MM/YY,MM/DD/YY),
*
D FOR DATE(JAN 1,1974) OR
*
BLANK
*
***********************************************************************
*
00200000
00210000
00220000
00230000
00240000
00250000
00260000
00270000
00280000
00290000
00300000
00310000
00320000
00330000
00340000
00350000
00360000
00370000
00380000
00390000
00400000
00410000
00420000
00430000
00440000
00450000
00460000
00470000
00480000
00490000
00500000
00510000
00520000
00530000
00540000
00550000
00560000
179
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
CONTABS
DS
0F
DC
CL4’2741’
IBM 2741
DC
CL3’120’
PAGE WIDTH
DC
CL3’ 32’
PAGE HEIGHT
DC
CL7’XNP ULD’
DC
CL4’TTY ’
TELETYPE
DC
CL3’ 72’
DC
CL3’ 66’
DC
CL7’XNP ULD’
DC
CL4’VCOM’
BELL VUCOM
DC
CL3’ 72’
DC
CL3’ 16’
DC
CL7’XNP ND ’
DC
CL4’4013’
TETRONIX 4013
DC
CL3’ 72’
DC
CL3’ 35’
DC
C’XNP ND ’
CONTABE EQU
*
MUST BE AT END OF TABLE
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
* MISCELLANEOUS QL PARAMETERS
*
***********************************************************************
*
CONTC
EQU
C’?’
CHARACTER TO BE USED FOR LINE
*
CONTINUATION. ANY CHARACTER EXCEPT
*
; MAY BE USED
*
ECHO
EQU
0
SET TO 1 IF INPUT LINES ARE TO BE ECHO
*
PRINTED(OS/390 BATCH INSTALLATIONS.
*
SET TO 0 IF INPUT IS NOT TO BE ECHO
*
PRINTED(ONLINE VERSIONS).
*
TERM
EQU
1
ERROR SEVERITY LEVEL THRESHOLD.
*
ALL ERROR MESSAGES
*
WITH MESSAGE SEVERITY LEVEL
00570000
00580000
00590000
00600000
00610000
00620000
00630000
00640000
00650000
00660000
00670000
00680000
00690000
00700000
00710000
00720000
00730000
00740000
00750000
00760000
00770000
00780000
00790000
00800000
00810000
00820000
00830000
00840000
00850000
00860001
00870000
00880000
00890000
00900000
00910000
00920000
00930000
180
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
*
GREATER THAN THIS NUMBER WILL BE
*
PRINTED AT THE TERMINAL. THE USER CAN
*
RESET THE DEFAULT VALUE GIVEN HERE BY
*
USING THE OPTIONS COMMAND.
*
THIS ITEM IS IGNORED IN THE
*
BATCH VERSIONS.
*
OPSYSD
EQU
C’OQL’
3-CHARACTER OPERATING SYSTEM DESIGNATOR.
*
MUST BE ONE OF:CMS OQL BQL .
*
FDLN
EQU
8
FILE DESIGNATOR LENGTH. SET AS FOLLOWS:
*
CMS-20
*
BQL-8
*
OQL-8
*
TLU
EQU
1
SET TO 1 IF TABLE LOOKUP CAPABILITY
*
IS INSTALLED;0 OTHERWISE.
*
***********************************************************************
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
* THIS AREA HOLDS THE DEFAULT VALUES FOR THE FILE DESIGNATORS USED
* BY QL ITSELF AND FOR THOSE FILES WHICH MAY BE SPECIFIED BY THE
* USE COMMAND. THE CONTENTS OF EACH ENTRY ARE DEPENDENT ON THE
* OPERATING SYSTEM BEING USED AS FOLLOWS.
*
* FOR CP-67/CMS AND VM370/CMS
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-BLANK EXCEPT FOR $$ILIST WHICH SHOULD HAVE BYTES 1-4
*
EITHER ’ CON’ OR ’ PRT’ ACCORDINGLY AS PRINT CON
*
OR PRINT PRT IS TO BE ASSUMED AS THE DEFAULT
*
WHEN NO PRINT COMMAND IS ENTERED. BYTES 5-8 OF
*
$$ILIST SHOULD BE SET TO THE DEFAULT CONSOLE
*
TYPE TO BE USED WHEN ’PRINT CON’ WITH NO CONSOLE TYPE
*
IS ENTERED. THIS CONSOLE TYPE MUST MATCH AN ENTRY IN
*
THE CONTABS TABLE ABOVE.
00940000
00950000
00960000
00970000
00980000
00990000
01000000
01010000
01020000
01030000
01040000
01050000
01060000
01070000
01080000
01090000
01100000
01110000
01120000
01130000
01140000
01150000
01160000
01170000
01180001
01190000
01200000
01210000
01220000
01230000
01240000
01250000
01260000
01270000
01280000
01290000
01300000
181
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
*
* BYTES 9 TO 16-DEFAULT CMS FILETYPE NORMALLY THIS CORRESPONDS TO
*
THE STANDARD DDNAME FOR THE FILE
*
* BYTES 17 TO 20-FILE MODE FOLLOWED BY 2 BLANKS, NORMALLY
*
THIS WOULD BE ’P1 ’ FOR CP AND ’A1 ’FOR VM.
*
***********************************************************************
*
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-BLANK EXCEPT FOR $$ILIST WHICH SHOULD HAVE
*
BYTES 1-4 SET TO ’ PRT’ NOTE THAT THE
*
PRINT CON COMMAND WITH A CONSOLE TYPE MAY
*
BE USED TO OBTAIN INSTALLATION DEFINED
*
PAGE FORMATS SINCE CON IS CONSIDERED THE SAME
*
AS PRT FOR BATCH. IF ENTRIES HAVE BEEN PLACED IN
*
CONTAB, THEN BYTES 5 TO 8 OF $$ILIST
*
SHOULD BE SET TO THE DEFAULT PAGE FORMAT TO BE USED
*
WHEN ’PRINT CON’ WITH NO CONSOLE TYPE IS USED. THIS
*
CONSOLE TYPE MUST MATCH AN ENTRY IN CONTAB. IF NO
*
ENTRIES HAVE BEEN PUT IN CONTAB, THEN BYTES 5 TO 8
*
SHOULD BE BLANK.
*
***********************************************************************
DS
0F
$$IOLD
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$INEW
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ITRAN DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ICRD1 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ICRD2 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ICRD3 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF1 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF2 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF3 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF4 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
$$ISBF5 DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
01310000
01320000
01330000
01340000
01350000
01360000
01370000
01380000
01390000
01400000
01410000
01420000
01430000
01440000
01450000
01460000
01470000
01480000
01490000
01500000
01510000
01520000
01530000
01540000
01550000
01560000
01570000
01580000
01590000
01600000
01610000
01620000
01630000
01640000
01650000
01660000
01670000
182
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
$$ISLIB
$$ILIB
$$ISBF0
$$ILIST
* END OF
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
DC
CL(FDLN)’ CON2741’
USER DEFINED FILE DESIGNATOR DEFAULTS
EJECT
***********************************************************************
* FILE DESIGNATORS FOR QL FILES. THE CONTENTS OF EACH DESIGNATOR
* DEPEND ON THE OPERATING SYSTEM USED AS FOLLOWS.
*
* FOR VM/CMS
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-ANY VALID CMS FILENAME
* BYTES 9 TO 16-ANY VALID CMS FILETYPE
* BYTES 17 TO 20-FILE MODE FOLLOWED BY 2 BLANKS.
*
***********************************************************************
*
* BYTES 1 TO 8-MUST CONTAIN DDNAME OF FILE
*
***********************************************************************
SPACE
* QUERY FILE. HOLDS SOURCE CODE GENERATED BY QL.
$$QUERY DC
CL(FDLN)’$QUERY’
SPACE
* SRC FILE. HOLDS QL SOURCE CODE AFTER RETAIN OR TERMINATION.
$$SRC
DC
CL(FDLN)’$SOURCE’
SPACE
* TEMP FILE. SCRATCH FILE HOLDING $QUERY CARD IMAGES.
$$TEMP
DC
CL(FDLN)’$TEMP’
SPACE
* TEMPE FILE. SCRATCH FILE FOR QL SOURCE AFTER EDIT CALL.
$$TEMPE DC
CL(FDLN)’$TEMPE’
SPACE
* FILE HOLDING AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED FILE DEFINITION
$$SVFD
DC
CL(FDLN)’$SAVEFD’
01680000
01690000
01700000
01710000
01720000
01730000
01740000
01750000
01760001
01770000
01780000
01790000
01800000
01810000
01820000
01830000
01840000
01850000
01860000
01870000
01880000
01890000
01900000
01910000
01920000
01930000
01940000
01950000
01960000
01970000
01980000
01990000
02000000
02010000
02020000
02030000
02040000
183
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
SPACE
* MESSAGE FILE. HOLDS QL SIGNON MESSAGE.
MESSAGE DC
CL(FDLN)’$MESSAGE’
SPACE
* DSN OF FILE CONTAINING MARKINIT MODULES. TSX ONLY
M4CALL1 DC
CL(FDLN)’SYS1.ASMK4.MARKIV.VERSION3(MARKINIT)’
SPACE
* DSN OF FILE CONTAINING PROCESSING MODULES. TSX ONLY
M4CALL2 DC
CL(FDLN)’SYS1.ASMK4.MARKIV.VERSION3(MARKIV)’
SPACE
* FILE CONTAINING GLOSSARY M4INPUT CARDS.
GLOSSF
DC
CL(FDLN)’$GLOSS’
SPACE
* FILE CONTAINING RC CARD FOR REPORT PHASE. CMS,TSX ONLY.
REPRC
DC
CL(FDLN)’ ’
* END OF QL FILE DESIGNATORS
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
* QL MESSAGES
*
* THE WORDING, LENGTH OR LANGUAGE OF THESE MESSAGES MAY BE
* MODIFIED TO SUIT A PARTICULAR INSTALLATION OR OPERATING SYSTEM.
* THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY MESSAGE IS 68 CHARACTERS.
* THE WORDING OF THE FOLLOWING ERROR MESSAGES VARIES BETWEEN
* OPERATING SYSTEMS: 9,12,19,26 AND 50.
*
***********************************************************************
*
ERR1
DC C’SYNTAX ERROR’
ERR2
DC C’MORE THAN 30 FIELDS IN LIST OR SAVE ST’
ERR3
DC C’MORE THAN 1 SORT OR BREAK SUB-ST/LIST ST’
ERR4
DC C’FILE DEFINITION NAME (FNAME OR TFNAME CMD) NOT GIVEN’
ERR5
DC C’OLD,NEW OR TRAN FILE(USE CMD) NOT GIVEN’
ERR6
DC C’SFNAME SPECIFIED WITHOUT SLIB OR VICE VERSA’
ERR7
DC C’CORD FILE QUALIFIER USED AND CFNAME CMD NOT ENTERED’
ERR8
DC C’LIB FILE( USE ST) NOT GIVEN’
02050000
02060000
02070000
02080000
02090000
02100000
02110000
02120000
02130000
02140000
02150000
02160000
02170000
02180000
02190000
02200000
02210000
02220000
02230000
02240000
02250000
02260000
02270000
02280000
02290000
02300000
02310000
02320000
02330000
02340000
02350000
02360000
02370000
02380000
02390000
02400000
02410000
184
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
ERR9
ERR10
ERR11
ERR12
ERR13
ERR14
ERR15
ERR16
ERR17
ERR18
ERR19
ERR20
ERR21
ERR22
ERR23
ERR24
ERR25
ERR26
ERR27
ERR28
ERR29
ERR30
ERR31
ERR32
ERR33
ERR34
ERR35
ERR36
ERR37
ERR38
ERR39
ERR40
ERR41
ERR42
ERR43
ERR44
ERR45
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
C’PROGRAM CONTAINS ERRORS.CORRECT USING EDIT’
C’NO PRECEDING LIST STATEMENT’
C’UNDEFINED LABEL’
C’NO DDCARD PROVIDED FOR RETAIN FILE’
C’TYPE NO OR HIT CARRIAGE RETURN’
C’LENGTH OF NAME EXCEEDS 8 CHARACTERS’
C’WARNING.CONTROL BREAK OCCURS WITHOUT SORT.PRIOR LIST ST.’
C’TOO MANY NESTED COPY STATEMENTS’
C’DUPLICATE LABELS’
C’ILLEGAL BACKWARD BRANCH’
C’PROGRAM CONTAINS ERRORS.CORRECT AND REENTER END’
C’TOO MANY LABELED STATEMENTS’
C’CFNAME ENTERED AND -USE CORDN- NOT GIVEN’
C’TOO MANY PR OR TF CARDS GENERATED’
C’TOO MANY R1 CARDS GENERATED’
C’WARNING.PRINT CMD(IF USED) SHOULD PRECEDE ALL LIST ST.’
C’EQUATE CMD(IF USED) MUST PRECEDE ALL STMNTS’
C’NO DDCARD PROVIDED FOR COPY FILE’
C’LENGTH OF CHARACTER LITERAL >31’
C’COMMA SEPARATOR MAY ONLY FOLLOW EQ OR NE’
C’MORE THAN 9 SORT,BREAK OR SUMMARY ITEMS GIVEN’
C’ITEM NO. 0 OR > NO. OF ITEMS IN LIST OR SAVE STATEMENT’
C’BREAK SUB-ST MUST PRECEDE NEWPAGE,SUBTITLE,OR SUMMARIES’
C’AUTOCORD OR CFNAME CMDS(IF USED) MUST PRECEDE ALL STMNTS’
C’SFORMAT CMD(IF USED) MUST PRECEDE ALL SAVE/SAVEALL ST’
C’TITLE IS LONGER THAN 59 CHARS’
C’MORE THAN 3 TITLE LINES SPECIFIED’
C’EDIT STRING IN LAYOUT PH CONTAINS>15 CHARS’
C’WARNING. MORE ITEMS IN LAYOUT PH THAN LIST PH’
C’NO. OF SPACES SPECIFIED IN LAYOUT PH IS >99.’
C’PAGE WIDTH OR HEIGHT=0 OR > 132.ITEM IGNORED’
C’SP OR I VALUE=0 OR >9.ITEM IGNORED’
C’PAGEN OR MAXP VALUE=0 OR >9999.ITEM IGNORED’
C’MAXL VALUE=0 OR >99.ITEM IGNORED’
C’SUMMARY SPECIFIED ON CONTROL BREAK FIELD.PRIOR LIST ST.’
C’KEY SUB-ST AND NO SAVE ST. WITH SFNAME PHRASE GIVEN’
C’HEADING CONTAINS MORE THAN 14 CHARACTERS’
02420000
02430000
02440000
02450000
02460000
02470000
02480000
02490000
02500000
02510000
02520000
02530000
02540000
02550000
02560000
02570000
02580000
02590000
02600000
02610000
02620000
02630000
02640000
02650000
02660000
02670000
02680000
02690000
02700000
02710000
02720000
02730000
02740000
02750000
02760000
02770000
02780000
185
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
ERR46
ERR47
ERR48
ERR49
ERR50
ERR51
ERR52
ERR53
ERR54
ERR55
ERR56
ERR57
ERR58
ERR59
ERR60
ERR61
ERR62
ERR63
ERR64
ERR65
ERR66
ERR67
ERR68
ERR69
ERR70
ERR71
ERR72
ERR73
ERR74
ERR75
ERR76
ERR77
ERR78
ERR79
ERR80
ERR81
ERR82
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
C’INITIAL VALUE CONTAINS >16 CHARACTERS’
C’DEFINE EDIT STRING CONTAINS >3 CHARACTERS’
C’TWO FILE DESIGNATORS GIVEN AND CFNAME NOT ENTERED’
C’WARNING. FILE DOES NOT EXIST. FN,FT,AND MODE ARE:’
C’EDIT NOT SUPPORTED IN THIS VERSION’
C’NO STATEMENTS ENTERED AND ONLY TRAN OR OLD GIVEN’
C’END COMMAND NOT ENTERED’
C’SYNONYM TABLE FULL’
C’LINE CONTAINS MORE THAN 64 CHARACTERS’
C’ONLY START,QUIT,EDIT,RETAIN,OR CLEAR ALLOWED AFTER END’
C’MORE THAN 1 WHERE SUB-ST PER LIST OR SAVE ST’
C’NOT ENOUGH CORE FOR MARK IV. MINIMUM OF 384K REQUIRED’
C’LET EXPRESSION TOO LONG’
C’MORE THAN 9 DEC PLACES SPECIFIED’
C’FIELD LENGTH=0 OR > MAXIMUM ALLOWED LENGTH’
C’INVALID CONSOLE DESIGNATOR. CMD IGNORED’
C’TOO MANY CONTINUATION CARDS. JOB TERMINATED’
C’WARNING.NEXT LINE MUST NOT BE CONTINUED’
C’FILE DESIGNATOR TOO LONG’
C’PARTIAL FIELD START OR LENGTH=0 OR > 99’
C’SOURCE FILE DOES NOT EXIST. CMD IGNORED’
C’APOSTROPHE MISSING IN STRING’
C’WARNING.MORE THAN 1 REFERENCE TO SAME ITEM IN SUB-ST.’
C’CONTROL BREAK LEVEL=0 OR >9’
C’WARNING.BREAK(IF USED)MUST ASSIGN ALL CONTROL BRK LEVELS’
C’PARENTHESIS NESTED TO DEPTH > 9’
C’SAME NUMERATOR USED MORE THAN ONCE IN PERCENT/RATIO’
C’CHARACTER STRING SPLIT OVER 2 LINES’
C’CHARACTER STRING APPEARS IN ARITHMETIC EXPRESSION’
C’EDIT STRING GIVEN WITH C,V,OR E TYPE FIELDS’
C’DUPLICATE FILE ID IN SAVE STATEMENT’
C’MORE THAN 1 KEY SUB-ST. PER SAVE ST.’
C’TEMPORARY FIELD IS ALREADY DEFINED’
C’COPY OR EDIT COMMAND MUST BE LAST SENTENCE IN LINE’
C’INVALID DECIMAL NUMBER’
C’UNKNOWN KEYWORD. KEYWORD-VALUE PAIR IGNORED’
C’ILLEGAL VALUE FOR ITEM.KEYWORD-VALUE PAIR IGNORED’
02790000
02800000
02810000
02820000
02830000
02840000
02850000
02860000
02870000
02880000
02890000
02900000
02910000
02920000
02930000
02940000
02950000
02960000
02970000
02980000
02990000
03000000
03010000
03020000
03030000
03040000
03050000
03060000
03070000
03080000
03090000
03100000
03110000
03120000
03130000
03140000
03150000
186
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
ERR83
ERR84
ERR85
ERR86
ERR87
ERR88
ERR89
ERRN
DC C’BLOCKING FACTOR/BUFFER SIZE=0 OR > 9999’
DC C’ONLY 1 SAVE ST. PER SUBFILE MAY USE SFNAME’
DC C’MORE THAN 5 SUBFILE SELECTORS IN SAVEALL ST.’
DC C’NO PRECEDING LIST,SAVE OR SAVEALL ST.’
DC C’NO. OF SUBFILES SPECIFIED NE NO. OF FILE SELECTORS’
DC C’USE CMD NOT ENTERED FOR:’
DC C’TABLE LOOKUP FEATURE NOT SUPPORTED’
EQU
*
EJECT
***********************************************************************
*
**** D O N O T M A K E C H A N G E S B E Y O N D H E R E ******
*
***********************************************************************
*
PRINT OFF
CONTAB
DC
A(CONTABS,17,CONTABE)
*
DS
0F
$IECHO
DC
A(ECHO)
ITERM
DC
A(TERM)
CONTCH
DC
AL1(CONTC)
*
QLMMSGA DC
A(MSGADR1-3,(MSGADRN-MSGADR1)/3)
MSGADR1 DC
AL3(ERR1)
DC
AL3(ERR2)
DC
AL3(ERR3)
DC
AL3(ERR4)
DC
AL3(ERR5)
DC
AL3(ERR6)
DC
AL3(ERR7)
DC
AL3(ERR8)
DC
AL3(ERR9)
DC
AL3(ERR10)
DC
AL3(ERR11)
DC
AL3(ERR12)
DC
AL3(ERR13)
DC
AL3(ERR14)
03160000
03170000
03180000
03190000
03200000
03210000
03220000
03230000
03240000
03250000
03260000
03270000
03280000
03290000
03300000
03310000
03320000
03330000
03340000
03350000
03360000
03370000
03380000
03390000
03400000
03410000
03420000
03430000
03440000
03450000
03460000
03470000
03480000
03490000
03500000
03510000
03520000
187
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
AL3(ERR15)
AL3(ERR16)
AL3(ERR17)
AL3(ERR18)
AL3(ERR19)
AL3(ERR20)
AL3(ERR21)
AL3(ERR22)
AL3(ERR23)
AL3(ERR24)
AL3(ERR25)
AL3(ERR26)
AL3(ERR27)
AL3(ERR28)
AL3(ERR29)
AL3(ERR30)
AL3(ERR31)
AL3(ERR32)
AL3(ERR33)
AL3(ERR34)
AL3(ERR35)
AL3(ERR36)
AL3(ERR37)
AL3(ERR38)
AL3(ERR39)
AL3(ERR40)
AL3(ERR41)
AL3(ERR42)
AL3(ERR43)
AL3(ERR44)
AL3(ERR45)
AL3(ERR46)
AL3(ERR47)
AL3(ERR48)
AL3(ERR49)
AL3(ERR50)
AL3(ERR51)
03530000
03540000
03550000
03560000
03570000
03580000
03590000
03600000
03610000
03620000
03630000
03640000
03650000
03660000
03670000
03680000
03690000
03700000
03710000
03720000
03730000
03740000
03750000
03760000
03770000
03780000
03790000
03800000
03810000
03820000
03830000
03840000
03850000
03860000
03870000
03880000
03890000
188
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
AL3(ERR52)
AL3(ERR53)
AL3(ERR54)
AL3(ERR55)
AL3(ERR56)
AL3(ERR57)
AL3(ERR58)
AL3(ERR59)
AL3(ERR60)
AL3(ERR61)
AL3(ERR62)
AL3(ERR63)
AL3(ERR64)
AL3(ERR65)
AL3(ERR66)
AL3(ERR67)
AL3(ERR68)
AL3(ERR69)
AL3(ERR70)
AL3(ERR71)
AL3(ERR72)
AL3(ERR73)
AL3(ERR74)
AL3(ERR75)
AL3(ERR76)
AL3(ERR77)
AL3(ERR78)
AL3(ERR79)
AL3(ERR80)
AL3(ERR81)
AL3(ERR82)
AL3(ERR83)
AL3(ERR84)
AL3(ERR85)
AL3(ERR86)
AL3(ERR87)
AL3(ERR88)
03900000
03910000
03920000
03930000
03940000
03950000
03960000
03970000
03980000
03990000
04000000
04010000
04020000
04030000
04040000
04050000
04060000
04070000
04080000
04090000
04100000
04110000
04120000
04130000
04140000
04150000
04160000
04170000
04180000
04190000
04200000
04210000
04220000
04230000
04240000
04250000
04260000
189
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
DC
AL3(ERR89)
DC
AL3(ERRN)
EJECT
***********************************************************************
* FILE DESIGNATOR AREA. HOLDS CURRENT VALUE OF ALL THE FILE
* DESIGNATORS WHICH CAN BE REFERENCED FROM QL. THE DEFAULT VALUES OF
* THESE DESIGNATORS IS GIVEN ABOVE.
* THE LAYOUT OF EACH DESIGNATOR IS OPERATING SYSTEM DEPENDENT.
*
***********************************************************************
FDTAB
DC
A($$OLD,FDLN,LASTFD)
USED TO COPY DEFAULTS FROM
*
AREA ABOVE. DONE BY REMOTE 4.
$FDLEN
DC
A(FDLN)
$$OLD
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$NEW
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$TRAN
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$CORD1 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$CORD2 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$CORD3 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$SUBF1 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$SUBF2 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$SUBF3 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$SUBF4 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$SUBF5 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$SLIB
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$LIB
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$SUBF0 DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
$$LIST
DC
(FDLN)C’ ’
LASTFD
EQU
*-FDLN
MUST FOLLOW LAST FILE DESIGNATOR
* END OF FILE DESIGNATOR AREA
EJECT
***********************************************************************
* MISCELLANEOUS FLAGS. THE INITIAL VALUES OF $TERM AND
* $ECHO ARE COPIED FROM ABOVE BY REMOTE 4.
* FNAME,GLOSS,$PRORUN AND $RC ARE INITIALIZED DIRECTLY
* BY REMOTE 4.
*
MSGADRN
04270000
04280000
04290000
04300000
04310000
04320000
04330000
04340000
04350000
04360000
04370000
04380000
04390000
04400000
04410000
04420000
04430000
04440000
04450000
04460000
04470000
04480000
04490000
04500000
04510000
04520000
04530000
04540000
04550000
04560000
04570000
04580000
04590000
04600000
04610000
04620000
04630000
190
Appendix B
OQLPARM (cont.)
***********************************************************************
*
$$FNAME DS
CL8
FILENAME(FOR RC CARD).
*
USED FOR GLOSSARY RUN
$$GLOSS DS
CL4
1ST BYTE=A,B OR 1.IS PUT ON FD
*
CARD WHEN PRODUCING A GLOSSARY
$PRORUN DS
F
=1 IF THIS IS A PROCESSING RUN
$RC
DS
F
RETURN CODE
*
$ECHO
DS
F
=1 IF SOURCE IS TO BE ECHO PRINTED
$TERM
DS
F
FOR ONLINE SYSTEMS,GIVES THE MINIMUM
*
MESSAGE SEVERITY LEVEL FOR MESSAGES
*
PRINTED AT THE TERMINAL
OPSYS
DC
AL3(OPSYSD)
*
$MK4SPF DC
A(TLU)
TLU CAPABILITY FLAGS
ENTRY CONTAB,QLMMSGA,$IECHO,OPSYS,ITERM,CONTCH
ENTRY $$IOLD,$$INEW,$$ITRAN,$$ICRD1,$$ICRD2,$$ICRD3
ENTRY $$ISBF0,$$ISBF1,$$ISBF2,$$ILIST,$$ILIB,$$ISLIB
ENTRY $$ISBF3,$$ISBF4,$$ISBF5
ENTRY $$QUERY,$$SRC,$$TEMP,$$TEMPE,MESSAGE,$$SVFD
ENTRY $RC,$TERM,$PRORUN,$ECHO,$$FNAME,$$GLOSS
ENTRY $$CORD1,$$CORD2,$$CORD3,$$SUBF3,$$SUBF4,$$SUBF5
ENTRY $$OLD,$$NEW,$$TRAN,$$SUBF0,$$SUBF1,$$SUBF2
ENTRY $$LIST,$$LIB,$$SLIB,FDTAB,$FDLEN,REPRC,M4CALL1,M4CALL2
ENTRY GLOSSF,$MK4SPF
END
04640000
04650000
04660000
04670000
04680000
04690000
04700000
04710000
04720000
04730000
04740000
04750000
04760000
04770000
04780000
04790000
04800000
04810000
04820000
04830000
04840000
04850000
04860000
04870000
04880000
04890000
04900000
191
Appendix C
Sample ISPF Startup CLIST
This appendix contains a sample CLIST that shows how you can make your
VISION:Workbench for ISPF libraries available to the ISPF environment. You can then
invoke this CLIST from the TSO prompt to start ISPF with the VISION:Workbench for ISPF
option.
PROC 0
CONTROL LIST MSG
FREE
F(SYSPROC ISPLLIB ISPMLIB ISPPLIB ISPSLIB ISPTLIB
ISPTABL ISPPROF M9LIST)
+
ALLOC F(SYSPROC) DA( ’SYS1.CMDPROC’
+
’ISR.ISPF.ISRCLIB’
+
’BUILDER.WB058.CLIST’ ) SHR
/*
/*
/*
/*
NOTE THAT THE WORKBENCH CLIST LIBRARY HAS BEEN COPIED FROM
THE ORIGINAL FIXED BLOCK LIBRARY THAT WAS SUPPLIED ON THE
INSTALLATION TAPE, TO A VARIABLE BLOCKED LIBRARY THAT
CONFORMS TO OUR SHOP STANDARDS FOR CLIST LIBRARIES.
*/
*/
*/
*/
ALLOC F(ISPLLIB) DA( ’BUILDER.WB058.LOADLIB’
+
’BUILDER.CL045.LOADLIB’
+
’BUILDER.BL138.LOADLIB’
+
’INFORM31.LOADLIB’
+
’TRANSACT.TR075.GENLIB’ ) SHR
192
Appendix C Sample ISPF Startup CLIST
PROC 0
ALLOC F(ISPMLIB) DA( ’BUILDER.WB058.MSGS’
’ISR.ISPF.ISRMLIB’
’ISP.ISPF.ISPMLIB’) SHR
+
+
ALLOC F(ISPPLIB) DA( ’BUILDER.WB058.PANELS’
’ISR.ISPF.ISRPLIB’
’ISP.ISPF.ISPPLIB’) SHR
+
+
ALLOC F(ISPSLIB) DA( ’BUILDER.WB058.SKELS’
’ISR.ISPF.ISRSLIB’
’ISP.ISPF.ISPSLIB’) SHR
+
+
ALLOC F(ISPTLIB) DA( ’ISR.ISPF.ISRTLIB’
’ISP.ISPF.ISPTLIB’) SHR
+
ALLOC F(ISPTABL) DA(’ISR.ISPF.ISRTLIB’)
ALLOC F(ISPPROF) DA(’&SYSUID..ISPF.PROFILE’)
/*
/*
/*
/*
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING ALLOCATE STATEMENT SHOWS HOW YOU CAN
PRE-ALLOCATE YOUR WORKBENCH UTILITY LIST DATA SET.
THIS IS OPTIONAL. IF THIS DATA SET IS NOT PRE-ALLOCATED,
WORKBENCH WILL DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE IT WHEN NEEDED.
ALLOC F(M9LIST) DA(’MARKISPF.&SYSUID..M9LIST1’)
/*
/*
*/
*/
*/
*/
OLD
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING ALLOCATE STATEMENT SHOWS HOW WORKBENCH
CUSTOMERS CAN ALLOCATE A FILE TAILORING OUTPUT DATA SET.
*/
*/
FREE FI(ISPFILE)
IF &SYSDSN(’BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID..FTOUTPUT’) = OK THEN +
ALLOC F(ISPFILE) DA(’BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID..FTOUTPUT’) SHR
ELSE +
ALLOC F(ISPFILE) DA(’BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID..FTOUTPUT’)
+
NEW CATALOG UNIT(SYSDA) +
SPACE(10,5) DIR(10)
+
DSORG(PO) RECFM(F B) LRECL(80) BLKSIZE(3120)
/*
/*
/*
/*
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING ALLOCATE STATEMENT SHOWS HOW WORKBENCH
CUSTOMERS CAN ALLOCATE THE TABLE DATA SET USED BY THE IMPORT
FACILITY. THE DATA SET MUST BE PREDEFINED AND CATALOGED.
(THE "&SYSUID" ELEMENT IS REPLACED BY THE CURRENT USER ID.)
*/
*/
*/
*/
ALLOC F(DEFTLIB) DA(’BUILDER.WB058.&SYSUID..TLIB’) SHR
193
Appendix C
Sample ISPF Startup CLIST
PROC 0
/* NOW START ISPF USING THE ISPF PRIMARY MENU PANEL.
*/
ISPSTART PANEL(ISR@PRIM)
EXIT
194
Appendix D
Invocation Panels
The arrows on the following sample ISPF primary menu panel show how you can invoke
VISION:Workbench for ISPF from your ISPF primary menu.
XSR@PRIM
-->> SAMPLE <<-- ISPF/PDF PRIMARY OPTION MENU VERSION n.n.n -----------------%OPTION ===>_ZCMD
+
%
+USERID
- &ZUSER
%
0 +ISPF PARMS - Specify terminal and user parameters
+PROC
- &ZLOGON
%
1 +BROWSE
- Display source data or output listings +PF KEYS - &ZKEYS
%
2 +EDIT
- Create or change source data
+TERMINAL - &ZTERM
%
3 +UTILITIES
- Perform utility functions
+TIME
- &ZTIME
%
4 +FOREGROUND - Invoke language processors or script
+JULIAN
- &ZJDATE
%
5 +BATCH
- Submit job for language processing
+DATE
- &ZDATE
%
6 +COMMAND
- Enter TSO command or CLIST
%
7 +DIALOG TEST - Perform dialog testing
%
8 +LM UTILITIES- Perform library administrator utility functions
%
C +CHANGES
- Display summary of changes for this release
%
F +FILE-AID
- FILE-AID data handling utilities
%
M +LDCS
- Local Data Center Services Panels
%
T +TUTORIAL
- Display information about ISPF/PDF
% WB +Workbench
-%VISION:Workbench Facility - Release 5.8
% BL +Builder
-%VISION:Builder 13.8 Workbench
% TR +Transact
-%Vision:Transact 7.5 Workbench
% IN +Inform
-%VISION:Inform 3.1 Workbench (Definition Processor)
%
X +EXIT
- Terminate ISPF using log and list defaults
%
195
Appendix D
Invocation Panels
+Enter%END+command to terminate ISPF.
%
)INIT
.HELP = ISR00003
&ZPRIM = YES
/* ALWAYS A PRIMARY OPTION MENU
&ZHTOP = ISR00003
/* TUTORIAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
&ZHINDEX = ISR91000 /* TUTORIAL INDEX - 1ST PAGE
VPUT (ZHTOP,ZHINDEX) PROFILE
&M9PRODCT = ’Workbench’
)PROC
&ZSEL = TRANS( TRUNC(&ZCMD,’.’)
0,’PANEL(ISPOPTA)’
1,’PGM(ISRBRO) PARM(ISRBRO01)’
2,’PGM(ISREDIT) PARM(P,ISREDM01)’
3,’PANEL(ISRUTIL)’
4,’PANEL(ISRFPA)’
5,’PGM(ISRJB1) PARM(ISRJPA) NOCHECK’
6,’PGM(ISRPTC)’
7,’PGM(ISRYXDR) NOCHECK’
8,’PANEL(ISRLPRIM)’
C,’PGM(ISPTUTOR) PARM(ISR00005)’
F,’PANEL(IFAMU01) NEWAPPL(FAXE)’
M,’PANEL(MICA)’
T,’PGM(ISPTUTOR) PARM(ISR00000)’
WB,’PANEL(M9PRIM)’
’ ’,’ ’
X,’EXIT’
*,’?’ )
&ZTRAIL = .TRAIL
&GVNXTSEL = .TRAIL
)END
*/
*/
*/
M9PRIM
This is the VISION:Workbench for ISPF selection menu panel. This is the primary menu
panel for entry into VISION:Workbench for ISPF.
)ATTR
/* PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF STERLING SOFTWARE, INC. */
/* USE RESTRICTED BY WRITTEN LICENSE AGREEMENT. */
/* DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE. */
/* COPYRIGHT (C) STERLING SOFTWARE, INC. */
/* AS AN UNPUBLISHED WORK. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. */
)BODY EXPAND(ºº)
%SELMENU -º-º- VISION:Workbench for ISPF Selection Menu -º-º--------
196
Appendix D Invocation Panels
%OPTION ===>_ZCMD
%
%
%
VISION:Workbench Release 5.8+
%
% 1 - BL+(M4) Workbench for%VISION:Builder 13.8
%
% 2 - TR+(M5) Workbench for%VISION:Transact 7.5
%
% 3 - IN+(DA) Workbench for%VISION:Inform 3.1 (Definition Processor)
%
%
% T+- Introduction To VISION:Workbench for ISPF
%
% X+- Exit the VISION:Workbench
%
)INIT
.HELP = M9PRIMH
&ZPRIM = YES
/* ALWAYS A PRIMARY OPTION MENU
*/
&M9PRODCT = ’Workbench’
)PROC
&ZSEL = TRANS( TRUNC(&ZCMD,’.’)
1,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(BDM4) NOCHECK’
M4,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(BDM4) NOCHECK’
2,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(ODM5) NOCHECK’
M5,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(ODM5) NOCHECK’
3,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(PMM4) NOCHECK’
DA,’PGM(M9BOOT) PARM(PMM4) NOCHECK’
T,’PGM(ISPTUTOR) PARM(M9DVMTB1)’
’ ’,’ ’
X,’EXIT’
*,’?’ )
&ZTRAIL = .TRAIL
&GVNXTSEL = .TRAIL
)END
+
197
Appendix E
Skeleton and User Panel Listings
This appendix contains the following skeleton and user panel listings:
■
M9BGUPNL — VISION:Builder Batch Job Submission User Panel on page 199
■
M9BGTS — VISION:Builder Batch Job Submission Skeleton on page 200
■
M9FGUPNL — VISION:Builder Foreground Job Execution User Panel on page 205
■
M9FGTS — VISION:Builder Foreground Job Execution Skeleton on page 206
■
M9GCTPU2 — VISION:Transact Batch Job Submission User Panel on page 215
■
M9GCTSBG — VISION:Transact Batch Job Submission Skeleton on page 216
■
M9GCTPU1 — VISION:Transact Foreground Job Execution User Panel on page 221
■
M9GCTSFG — VISION:Transact Foreground Job Execution Skeleton on page 222
198
Appendix E
M9BGUPNL — VISION:Builder Batch Job Submission User Panel
)ATTR
+ TYPE(TEXT)
INTENS(LOW) SKIP(&SKIPVAR)
% TYPE(TEXT)
INTENS(HIGH) SKIP(&SKIPVAR)
_ TYPE(INPUT) INTENS(HIGH) CAPS(ON) JUST(LEFT)
^ TYPE(INPUT) INTENS(NON) CAPS(ON) JUST(LEFT)
)BODY EXPAND(||)
%BATUPANL - &TMPIN |-|
%COMMAND ===>_ZCMD
+
+Enter%END+to process using the option selected on the BATCHOPT panel.
+Enter%CANCEL+command to terminate processing this member.
+
%Enter the name of the%VISION:Builder+ and %COMLIB+program LOAD LIBRARIES
+Builder LOADLIB %===>_M9BGLLIB
+
+COMLIB LOADLIB %===>_M9BGLL2
+
+
%Enter the%VISION:Builder+region size (example 1024K)
+Builder REGION %===>_Z
+
+
%Enter the name of the%SORT+program LOAD LIBRARY
+SORT
LOADLIB %===>_M9BGSRT
+
+
+SORT SPACE
%===>_Z +
Number of SORTWORK CYLINDERS
+SORT UNIT
%===>_M9BGSUNT+
SORTWORK UNIT type (example SYSDA)
+
+JOB statement information:
+ %===>_JOBREC1
+ %===>_JOBREC2
+ %===>_JOBREC3
199
Appendix E
M9BGUPNL — VISION:Builder Batch Job Submission User Panel (cont.)
)INIT
.ZVARS = ’(M9REGION M9BGSSP)’
&ZCMD = &Z
.HELP = M9BOTPU1
)PROC
VPUT (M9BGLLIB M9BGLL2 M9REGION M9BGSRT M9BGSSP M9BGSUNT) PROFILE
VPUT (JOBREC1 JOBREC2 JOBREC3) PROFILE
)END
M9BGTS — VISION:Builder Batch Job Submission Skeleton
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
THIS IS A SAMPLE ISPF FILE TAILORING SKELETON FOR USE WITH
WORKBENCH RELEASE 5.8. IT WILL GENERATE MVS JCL FOR 1-STEP OR
3-STEP, SORT OR NOSORT BUILDER APPLICATION. THIS FILE TAILORING
SKELETON IS INTENDED TO BE USED WITH THE SAMPLE USER PANEL
’M9BGUPNL’ THAT HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN YOUR WORKBENCH PANEL LIBRARY.
THERE ARE 4 TYPES OF VARIABLES (WORDS PRECEDED BY AMPERSANDS) USED
IN THIS SKELETON INCLUDING:
- VARIABLES FROM THE USER PANEL M9BGUPNL
YOU CAN CHANGE THESE
- VARIABLES SET BY WORKBENCH
YOU CANNOT CHANGE THESE
- ISPF SYSTEM VARIABLES
- LOCAL VARIABLES THAT ARE SET AND USED DURING FILE TAILORING
THE VARIABLES FROM THE USER PANEL INCLUDE:
VARIABLE
USAGE
&JOBREC1,&JOBREC2,&JOBREC3
&M9BGLLIB
&M9BGLL2
&M9REGION
&M9BGSRT
&M9BGSUNT
&M9BGSSP
MVS JOB STATEMENT INFORMATION
VISION:BUILDER LOAD LIBRARY NAME
COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY NAME
REGION SIZE
SORT PROGRAM LOAD LIBRARY
SORTWORK DATA SET UNIT TYPE
SORTWORK DATA SET SPACE AMOUNT
200
Appendix E
M9BGTS — VISION:Builder Batch Job Submission Skeleton (cont.)
)CM
)CM WORKBENCH RESERVED VARIABLE NAMES INCLUDE:
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &M4DDNAM
DATA DEFINITION NAME
)CM &M4DSN
DATA SET NAME
)CM &M4DISP
DATA SET STATUS AND DISPOSITION
)CM &M4VOL
VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER
)CM &M4UNIT
UNIT TYPE
)CM &M4DDOVER
OVERRIDE DATA DEFINITION NAME
)CM &M4RUNTYP
VISION:BUILDER RUN TYPE
)CM &PRJ1
PDF LIBRARY PROJECT NAME
)CM &LIB1 THRU LIB4
PDF LIBRARY GROUP NAMES
)CM &TYP1
PDF LIBRARY TYPE NAME
)CM &DSN
’OTHER’ PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL FILE
)CM &MEMNAM
MEMBER NAME
)CM &TMPIN
QUALIFIED DSN FOR ’OTHER’ DSN
)CM
)CM ISPF SYSTEM VARIABLES NAMES INCLUDE:
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &ZLLIB
PDF LIBRARY GROUP NUMBER (1-4)
)CM &Z
A VARIABLE WHOSE VALUE IS NULL
)CM
)CM
&JOBREC1
&JOBREC2
&JOBREC3
//JOBLIB
DD DSN=&M9BGLLIB,DISP=SHR
//
DD DSN=&M9BGLL2,DISP=SHR
//*
)SEL &M9REGION ^= &Z
)SET M9REG = ,REGION=&M9REGION
)ENDSEL
//MK4
EXEC PGM=MARKIV&M9REG
)CM
)CM LOOP THROUGH THE ISPF TABLE OF DATA SET CHARACTERISTICS ENTERED
201
Appendix E
)CM ON THE ’BATCHGEN’ PANEL GENERATING APPROPRIATE DD STATEMENTS
)CM FOR EACH FILE TO BE USED IN THIS JOB.
)CM
)CM
*********** BEGIN DD STATEMENT LOOP *******************
)DOT DDNAMTB
)SEL &M4DDOVER ^= &Z
)SET
M4DDNAM = &M4DDOVER
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM SAVE M4LIST DSN AND UNIT SO PROPER DD STATEMENTS CAN BE GENERATED
)CM IN LATER STEPS OF A 3STEP RUN.
)CM
)SEL &M4DDNAM = M4LIST
)SET M4LSTDSN = &M4DSN
)SET M4LSTUNT = &M4UNIT
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM GENERATE DD STATEMENTS FOR SYSOUT DATA SETS
)CM
)SEL &M4UNIT = SYSOUT
//&M4DDNAM DD SYSOUT=(&M4DSN)
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM GENERATE DD STATEMENTS FOR NON-SYSOUT DATA SETS
)CM
)SET
M4DSN1 = &Z
)SEL
&M4DSN = &Z
)SET
M4DSN1 = DSN=NULLFILE
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&M4DSN ^= &Z
)SET
M4DSN1 = DSN=&M4DSN
)ENDSEL
)SEL &M4UNIT ^= SYSOUT
)SEL &M4DISP = NEW | &M4DISP = NEW,CATLG | &M4DISP = NEW,PASS
)SET
M4UNIT1 = &Z
)SET
M4VOL1
= &Z
)SEL
&M4UNIT ^= &Z
202
Appendix E
)SET
M4UNIT1 = ,UNIT=&M4UNIT
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&M4VOL ^= &Z
)SET
M4VOL1 = ,VOL=SER=&M4VOL
)ENDSEL
//&M4DDNAM DD &M4DSN1,DISP=(&M4DISP),
//
SPACE=(TRK,(5,5))&M4UNIT1&M4VOL1
)ENDSEL
)SEL &M4DISP ^= NEW && &M4DISP ^= NEW,CATLG && &M4DISP ^= NEW,PASS
)SET M4DISP1 = &Z
)SEL &M4DISP ^= &Z
)SET
M4DISP1 = ,DISP=(&M4DISP)
)ENDSEL
//&M4DDNAM DD &M4DSN1&M4DISP1
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)ENDDOT
)CM
*********** END DD STATEMENT LOOP *******************
)CM
)CM
ALLOCATE M4INPUT:
)CM
FOR PHYSICAL SEQUENTIAL DATA SETS JUST ALLOCATE THE DSN
)CM
FOR PDF LIBRARIES (VARIABLE ZLLIB = 1-4) BUILD A DSN STRING
)CM
WHICH NAMES THE APPROPRIATE PDF LIB AND MEMBER
)CM
FOR ’OTHER’ PDS BUILD A DSN STRING WHICH NAMES THE LIB AND MEMBER
)CM
)SET M4INDSN = &Z
)SEL
&DSN = &Z
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 1
)SET
M4INDSN = &PRJ1..&LIB1..&TYP1(&MEMNAM)
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 2
)SET
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 3
)SET
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 4
203
Appendix E
)SET
)ENDSEL
//M4INPUT
DD DSN=&M4INDSN,DISP=SHR
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&DSN ^= &Z
//M4INPUT
DD DSN=&TMPIN,DISP=SHR
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM
ADD SORT DD STATEMENTS IF THIS IS A 1-STEP RUN
)CM
)SEL &M4RUNTYP = 1STEP
//SORTLIB
DD DSN=&M9BGSRT,DISP=SHR
//SYSOUT
DD SYSOUT=*
//SORTWK01 DD UNIT=&M9BGSUNT,SPACE=(CYL,&M9BGSSP,,CONTIG)
)ENDSEL
//*
)CM
)CM
ADD JCL FOR SORT AND REPORT STEPS IF THIS IS A 3-STEP RUN
)CM
//SORT
EXEC PGM=SORT
//SORTLIB
DD DSN=&M9BGSRT,DISP=SHR
//SYSOUT
DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN
DD DSN=*.MK4.M4SORT,DISP=SHR
//SORTIN
DD DSN=*.MK4.M4REPO,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//SORTOUT
DD DSN=&&&&REPI,UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10)),
//
DISP=(NEW,PASS)
//*
)CM
)CM
ADD JCL FOR REPORT STEP
)CM
//REPT
EXEC PGM=MARKIV&M9REG
204
Appendix E
)SEL &M4LSTUNT
//M4LIST
DD
)ENDSEL
)SEL &M4LSTUNT
//M4LIST
DD
)ENDSEL
//M4REPI
DD
//M4INPUT
DD
REPTRUN RC
/*
)ENDSEL
//
= SYSOUT
SYSOUT=&M4LSTDSN
^= SYSOUT
DSN=&M4LSTDSN,DISP=MOD
DSN=*.SORT.SORTOUT,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
*
S
M9FGUPNL — VISION:Builder Foreground Job Execution User Panel
)ATTR
+ TYPE(TEXT)
% TYPE(TEXT)
^ TYPE(INPUT) INTENS(NON) CAPS(ON) JUST(LEFT)
)BODY EXPAND(||)
%FORUPANL- &TMPIN |-|
%COMMAND ===>_ZCMD
+
+Enter%END+to process using the option selected on the FOREOPTS panel.
+Enter%CANCEL+command to terminate processing this member.
+
%Enter the name of the VISION:Builder LOAD LIBRARY
+VISION:Builder LOADLIB %===>_M9FGLLIB
+
+
%Enter the name of the SORT program LOAD LIBRARY
+SORT
LOADLIB %===>_M9FGSRT
+
205
Appendix E
M9FGUPNL — VISION:Builder Foreground Job Execution User Panel (cont.)
+
+
+SORT SPACE
%===>_Z +
Number of SORTWORK CYLINDERS
+SORT UNIT
%===>_M9FGSUNT+
SORTWORK UNIT type ( example%SYSDA+)
+
)INIT
&ZCMD = &Z
.ZVARS = ’(M9FGSSP)’
.HELP = M9FOTPU1
)PROC
VPUT (M9FGLLIB M9FGSRT M9FGSSP M9FGSUNT) PROFILE
)END
M9FGTS — VISION:Builder Foreground Job Execution Skeleton
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
WORKBENCH RELEASE 5.8. IT WILL GENERATE CLISTS FOR 1 STEP OR
3 STEP, SORT OR NOSORT, BUILDER APPLICATION. THIS FILE TAILORING
’M9FGUPNL’ WHICH HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN YOUR WORKBENCH PANEL LIB.
- VARIABLES FROM THE USER PANEL
VARIABLE
USAGE
&M9FGLLIB
&M9FGSRT
&M9FGSUNT
VISION:BUILDER LOAD LIBRARY NAME
SORT PROGRAM LOAD LIBRARY
SORTWORK DATA SET UNIT TYPE
206
Appendix E
M9FGTS — VISION:Builder Foreground Job Execution Skeleton (cont.)
)CM &M9FGSSP
SORTWORK DATA SET SPACE AMOUNT
)CM
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &M4DDNAM
)CM &M4DSN
DATA SET NAME
)CM &M4DISP
)CM &M4VOL
)CM &M4UNIT
UNIT TYPE
)CM &M4DDOVER
OVERRIDE DATA DEFINITION NAME
)CM &M4RUNTYP
VISION:BUILDER RUN TYPE
)CM &PRJ1
PDF LIBRARY PROJECT NAME
)CM &LIB1 THRU LIB4
PDF LIBRARY GROUP NAMES
)CM &TYP1
PDF LIBRARY TYPE NAME
)CM &DSN
’OTHER’ PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL FILE
)CM &MEMNAM
MEMBER NAME
)CM
)CM ISPF SYSTEM VARIABLE NAMES INCLUDE:
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &ZLLIB
PDF LIBRARY GROUP NUMBER (1-4)
)CM &Z
)CM
PROC 0
CONTROL LIST MSG
/*
*/
/* ALLOCATE VISION:BUILDER FILES
*/
/*
*/
)CM
)CM LOOP THRU THE TABLE OF FILES TO BE USED IN THIS APPLICATION
)CM AND ALLOCATE EACH FILE AS SPECIFIED
)CM
SET &&M4RC = 0
)DOT DDNAMTB
)CM
)CM SAVE M4REPO DSN SO IT CAN BE ALLOCATED AS SORTIN IN SORT STEP
207
Appendix E
)CM OF A 3-STEP RUN.
)CM
)SEL &M4DDNAM = M4REPO
)SET M4REPDSN = &M4DSN
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM SAVE M4LIST DSN SO IT CAN BE ALLOCATED AS SYSOUT IN SORT AND REP
)CM STEPS OF A 3-STEP RUN.
)CM
)SEL &M4DDNAM = M4LIST
)SET M4LSTDSN = &M4DSN
)SET M4LSTUNT = &M4UNIT
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM SAVE M4SORT DSN SO IT CAN BE ALLOCATED AS SYSIN IN SORT STEP
)CM OF A 3-STEP RUN.
)CM
)SEL &M4DDNAM = M4SORT
)SET M4SRTDSN = &M4DSN
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM CHANGE THE DDNAME TO THE OVERRIDE DDNAME WHERE APPLICABLE
)CM
)SET
M4DDNAM = &M4DDOVER
)ENDSEL
FREE FI(&M4DDNAM)
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE SYSOUT DATA SETS
)CM
)SEL &M4UNIT = SYSOUT
)SEL
&M4DSN ^= *
ALLOC FI(&M4DDNAM) SYSOUT(&M4DSN)
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&M4DSN = *
ALLOC FI(&M4DDNAM) DA(&M4DSN)
)ENDSEL
208
Appendix E
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE NON-SYSOUT DATA SETS.
)CM CREATE UNIT, DSN, AND VOLUME STRINGS.
)CM
)SEL &M4UNIT ^= SYSOUT
)SET
M4UNIT1 = &Z
)SET
M4DSN1
= &Z
)SET
M4VOL1
= &Z
)CM
)SEL
&M4UNIT ^= &Z
)SET
M4UNIT1 = UNIT(&M4UNIT)
)ENDSEL
)CM
)SEL
&M4VOL ^= &Z
)SET
M4VOL1 = VOLUME(&M4VOL)
)ENDSEL
)CM
)SEL
&M4DSN ^= &Z
)SET
M4DSN1 = DA(&M4DSN)
)ENDSEL
)CM
)SEL
&M4DSN = &Z
)SET
M4DSN = DUMMY
)SET
M4UNIT1 = &Z
)SET
M4DSN1
= &Z
)SET
M4VOL1
= &Z
)SET
M4DISP
= &Z
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE DUMMY DATA SETS.
)CM
)SEL
&M4DSN = DUMMY
ALLOC FI(&M4DDNAM) &M4DSN
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE NEW NON-SYSOUT DATA SETS.
209
Appendix E
)CM
)SEL &M4DSN ^= DUMMY
)SEL &M4DISP = NEW | &M4DISP = NEW,CATALOG
ALLOC FI(&M4DDNAM) &M4DSN1 &M4DISP &M4UNIT1 &M4VOL1 +
SPACE(5 5) TRACK
)ENDSEL
)CM
)SEL &M4DISP = NEW,DELETE
ALLOC FI(&M4DDNAM) &M4DSN1 &M4DISP &M4UNIT1 &M4VOL1 +
SPACE(5 5) TRACK
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE NON-NEW NON-SYSOUT DATA SETS.
)CM
)SEL &M4DISP ^= NEW && &M4DISP ^= NEW,CATALOG
)SEL
&M4DISP ^= NEW,DELETE
ALLOC FI(&M4DDNAM) &M4DSN1 &M4DISP &M4UNIT1 &M4VOL1
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)ENDDOT
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE M4INPUT:
)CM FOR PHYSICAL SEQUENTIAL DATA SETS JUST ALLOCATE THE DSN
)CM FOR PDF LIBRARIES (VARIABLE ZLLIB = 1-4) BUILD A DSN STRING
)CM
WHICH NAMES THE APPROPRIATE PDF LIB AND MEMBER
)CM FOR ’OTHER’ PDS BUILD A DSN STRING WHICH NAMES THE LIB AND MEMBER
)CM FOR PDS AND PDF LIBS QUALIFICATION, QUOTES MUST BE CONSIDERED
)CM
FREE FI(M4INPUT)
)SET M4INDSN = &Z
)SEL &ORGVAR = PS
ALLOC FI(M4INPUT) DA(&DSN) SHR
)ENDSEL
)SEL &ORGVAR = PO
)SEL
&DSN = &Z
210
Appendix E
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 1
)SET
M4INDSN = ’&PRJ1..&LIB1..&TYP1(&MEMNAM)’
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 2
)SET
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 3
)SET
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&ZLLIB = 4
)SET
)ENDSEL
ALLOC FI(M4INPUT) DA(&M4INDSN) SHR
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&DSN ^= &Z
SET &&DSN = &&STR(&DSN2)
IF &&SUBSTR(1:1,&&DSN) = &&STR(’) THEN DO
SET &&HLDDSN = &&SUBSTR(2:&&LENGTH(&&DSN)-1,&&DSN)
SET &&HLDDSN = &&STR(’&&HLDDSN.(&MEMNAM)’)
END
ELSE DO
SET &&HLDDSN = &&STR(&&DSN.(&MEMNAM))
END
ALLOC FI(M4INPUT) DA(&&HLDDSN) SHR
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM
CHECK TO SEE IF THIS IS A 1-STEP OR 3-STEP RUN AND IF SO
)CM
ADD JCL FOR SORT
)CM
/*
/* ALLOCATE SORT FILES
/*
)SEL &M4RUNTYP = 1STEP | &M4RUNTYP = 3STEP
FREE FI(SORTLIB SYSOUT SORTWK01 SORTWK02 SORTWK03)
ALLOC FI(SORTLIB) DA(&M9FGSRT) SHR
)CM
*/
*/
*/
211
Appendix E
)CM ALLOCATE SYSOUT FOR SORT. IF M4LIST WAS A SYSOUT DATA SET, THEN
)CM ALLOCATE SYSOUT THE SAME. IF M4LIST WAS NOT A SYSOUT DATA SET,
)CM THEN ALLOCATE SYSOUT TO A NEW UNNAMED (AND THUS TEMPORARY) FILE
)CM TO AVOID I/O ERRORS FROM DCB CONFLICTS.
)CM
)SEL &M4LSTUNT = SYSOUT
)SEL
&M4LSTDSN ^= *
ALLOC FI(SYSOUT) SYSOUT(&M4LSTDSN)
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&M4LSTDSN = *
ALLOC FI(SYSOUT) DA(&M4LSTDSN)
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)SEL &M4LSTUNT ^= SYSOUT
ALLOC FI(SYSOUT) NEW UNIT(SYSDA)
)ENDSEL
ALLOC FI(SORTWK01) UNIT(&M9FGSUNT) SPACE(&M9FGSSP) CYLINDERS
)ENDSEL
/*
/* EXECUTE THE VISION:BUILDER PROCESS STEP
/*
SET &&M9FGLLIB = &&STR(&M9FGLLIB)
IF &&SUBSTR(1:1,&&M9FGLLIB) = &&STR(’) THEN DO
SET &&M9FGMPGM = &&SUBSTR(2:&&LENGTH(&&M9FGLLIB)-1,&&M9FGLLIB)
SET &&M9FGMPGM = &&STR(’&&M9FGMPGM.(MARKIV)’)
END
ELSE DO
SET &&M9FGMPGM = &&STR(&&M9FGLLIB.(MARKIV))
END
CALL &&M9FGMPGM
/*
/* IF BUILDER PROCESS STEP FAILED SKIP THE SORT AND REPORT STEPS
/*
IF &&LASTCC ^= 0 THEN DO
SET &&M4RC = 8
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
212
Appendix E
GOTO EXIT
END
/*
/* EXECUTE THE SORT STEP FOR 3 STEP RUNS
/*
FREE FI(SORTIN SORTOUT SYSIN)
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE SORTIN TO THE M4REPO DSN CREATED IN PROCESS STEP
)CM ALLOCATE SORTOUT TO A NEW DATA SET WHICH WILL BE DELETED LATER
)CM ALLOCATE SYSIN (SORT CNTL STMTS) TO THE M4SORT DSN CREATED IN
)CM
THE PROCESSING STEP
)CM
ALLOC FI(SORTIN) DA(&M4REPDSN) SHR
ALLOC FI(SORTOUT) DA(&ZUSER..REPI) NEW +
UNIT(SYSDA) SPACE(5 5) TRACK
ALLOC FI(SYSIN) DA(&M4SRTDSN) SHR
SET &&M9FGSRT = &&STR(&M9FGSRT)
IF &&SUBSTR(1:1,&&M9FGSRT) = &&STR(’) THEN DO
SET &&M9FGSPGM = &&SUBSTR(2:&&LENGTH(&&M9FGSRT)-1,&&M9FGSRT)
SET &&M9FGSPGM = &&STR(’&&M9FGSPGM.(SORT)’)
END
ELSE DO
SET &&M9FGSPGM = &&STR(&&M9FGSRT.(SORT))
END
CALL &&M9FGSPGM
/*
/* IF THE SORT STEP FAILED SKIP THE REPORT STEP
/*
SET &&M4RC = 8
GOTO EXIT
END
/*
/* EXECUTE THE REPORT STEP
/*
)CM
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
*/
213
Appendix E
)CM ALLOCATE M4REPI TO THE SORTOUT DSN CREATED IN SORT STEP
)CM ALLOCATE M4INPUT TO A NEW TEMPORARY DATA SET
)CM OPEN THE M4INPUT DSN, WRITE THE REPORT RUN RC STATEMENT AND THEN
)CM
CLOSE M4INPUT
)CM
FREE FI(M4REPI)
ALLOC FI(M4REPI) DA(&ZUSER..REPI) SHR
FREE FI(M4INPUT)
ALLOC FI(M4INPUT) NEW UNIT(SYSDA) SPACE(1) TRACK
OPENFILE M4INPUT OUTPUT
SET &&M4INPUT = REPRTRUNRC
S
A
PUTFILE M4INPUT
CLOSFILE M4INPUT
CALL &&M9FGMPGM
SET &&M4RC = &&LASTCC
END
/*
*/
/* FREE FILES
*/
/*
*/
DEL &ZUSER..REPI NONVSAM
FREE FI(SORTIN SORTOUT SYSIN M4REPI)
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM FREE ALLOCATIONS
)CM
EXIT:FREE FI(M4INPUT)
)SEL &M4RUNTYP = 1STEP | &M4RUNTYP = 3STEP
FREE FI(SORTLIB SYSOUT M4SORT)
FREE FI(SORTWK01 SORTWK02 SORTWK03)
)ENDSEL
214
Appendix E
)DOT DDNAMTB
)SET M4DDNAM = M4DDOVER
)ENDSEL
FREE FI(&M4DDNAM)
)ENDDOT
EXIT CODE(&&M4RC)
)CM END OF SKELETON
M9GCTPU2 — VISION:Transact Batch Job Submission User Panel
)ATTR
+ TYPE(TEXT)
% TYPE(TEXT)
@ TYPE(INPUT) INTENS(LOW) CAPS(ON) JUST(LEFT) PADC(&PADVAR)
} TYPE(OUTPUT) INTENS(HIGH) SKIP(ON)
{ TYPE(OUTPUT) INTENS(LOW) SKIP(ON)
)BODY EXPAND(||)
%USRPANEL --- &GVITEMLM -|-|
%COMMAND ===>_ZCMD
+
+ENTER%END+TO PROCESS USING THE OPTION PREVIOUSLY ENTERED.
+ENTER%CANCEL+TO TERMINATE PROCESSING THIS MEMBER.
+
+
%ENTER THE NAME OF THE VISION:TRANSACT GEN LIBRARY:
+VISION:TRANSACT LOADLIB ===>_GCUSVL2
+
+
%ENTER THE NAME OF THE COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY:
+COMLIB LOADLIB
===>_GCUSLL2
+
+
215
Appendix E
M9GCTPU2 — VISION:Transact Batch Job Submission User Panel (cont.)
%LINK OBJECT FILE?
===>_Z +
(YES OR NO)
+
LINK TO
===>_GCUSLKL2
+
INCLUDES FROM:
+
VISION:TRANSACT
===>_GCUSMKI2
+
MONITOR
===>_GCUSMNI2
)INIT
.HELP = M9GCTPH0
.ZVARS = ’(GCUSLNK)’
)PROC
VPUT (GCUSVL2 GCUSLL2 GCUSLNK GCUSLKL2 GCUSMKI2 GCUSMNI2) PROFILE
)END
+
+
+
M9GCTSBG — VISION:Transact Batch Job Submission Skeleton
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
WORKBENCH RELEASE 5.8. IT WILL GENERATE MVS JCL FOR A TRANSACT
BATCH RUN (APPGEN, DEF RUN, OR SSR). THIS FILE TAILORING
’M9GCTPU2’. THIS PANEL HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN YOUR WORKBENCH
PANEL LIBRARY.
VARIABLE
USAGE
&GCUSVL2
&GCUSLL2
&GCUSLNK
VISION:TRANSACT GEN LIBRARY
COMLIB LOAD LIBRARY
IF THE OBJECT FILE SHOULD BE LINKED
216
Appendix E
M9GCTSBG — VISION:Transact Batch Job Submission Skeleton (cont.)
)CM &GCUSLKL2
LINK LIBRARY
)CM &GCUSMKI2
VISION:TRANSACT INCLUDE LIBRARY
)CM &GCUSMNI2
MONITOR INCLUDE LIBRARY
)CM
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &GSDDNAM
)CM &GSDSN
DATA SET NAME
)CM &GSDISP
)CM &GSVOLSER
)CM &GSUNIT
UNIT TYPE
)CM &GSALLOC
FILE ALLOCATION
)CM
)CM ISPF SYSTEM VARIABLES NAMES INCLUDE:
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &Z
)CM
)CM
)SEL &GCBOJCL1 ^= &Z
&GCBOJCL1
)ENDSEL
&GCBOJCL2
)ENDSEL
&GCBOJCL3
)ENDSEL
&GCBOJCL4
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM INCLUDE EXECUTE AND STEPLIB STATEMENTS
)CM
//MISPF
EXEC PGM=MARKV,REGION=2M
//STEPLIB
DD DSN=&GCUSVL2,DISP=SHR
217
Appendix E
//
DD DSN=&GCUSLL2,DISP=SHR
)CM
)CM LOOP THROUGH THE ISPF TABLE OF DATA SET CHARACTERISTICS ENTERED
)CM ON THE ’BATCHGEN’ PANEL GENERATING APPROPRIATE DD STATEMENTS
)CM FOR EACH FILE TO BE USED IN THIS JOB.
)CM
)CM
*********** BEGIN DD STATEMENT LOOP *******************
)DOT M9GDFTB
)CM
)CM CHECK IF DD STATEMENT IS FOR M5LIST
)CM
)SEL &GSDDNAM = M5LIST
)CM
)CM SET DEFAULT FOR SYSPRINT DD IN LINK STEP
)CM
)SET M5SYSOUT = A
)SEL &GSUNIT = SYSOUT
)SET M5SYSOUT = &GSDSN
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM CHECK IF DD STATEMENT IS FOR M5PUNCH
)CM
)SEL &GSDDNAM = M5PUNCH
)SET M5PUNCH = &GSDSN
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM CHECK IF DD STATEMENT IS FOR SYSOUT DATA SET
)CM
//&GSDDNAM DD SYSOUT=&GSDSN
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM GENERATE DD STATEMENTS FOR NON-SYSOUT DATA SETS
)CM
)CM DEFAULT UNIT TO NULL, IF SPECIFIED, SET IT
)CM
218
Appendix E
)SEL &GSUNIT ^= SYSOUT
)SET M5UNIT1 = &Z
)SEL &GSUNIT ^= &Z
)SET M5UNIT1 = UNIT=&GSUNIT
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM DEFAULT VOLSER TO NULL, IF SPECIFIED, SET IT
)CM
)SET M5VSER1 = &Z
)SEL &GSVOLSER ^= &Z
)SET M5VSER1 = VOL=SER=&GSVOLSER
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM DEFAULT ALLOCATION TO NULL, IF SPECIFIED, SET IT
)CM
)SET M5ALL1 = &Z
)SEL &GSALLOC ^= &Z
)SET M5ALL1 = SPACE=(&GSALLOC)
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM CHECK COMMA PLACEMENTS
)CM
)SET M5C1 = &Z
)SET M5C2 = &Z
)SEL M5VSER ^= &Z | M5UNIT ^= &Z
)SET M5C1 = ,
)ENDSEL
)SEL M5UNIT ^= &Z
)SET M5C2 = ,
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM USE THIS DD IF DD = DUMMY
)CM
)SEL &GSDSN = DUMMY
//&GSDDNAM DD DUMMY
)ENDSEL
)CM
219
Appendix E
)CM USE THIS DD IF ALLOCATION, VOLSER, OR UNIT IS SPECIFIED
)CM
)SEL &GSDSN ^= DUMMY
)SEL &M5ALL1 ^= &Z | &M5VSER1 ^= &Z | &M5UNIT ^= &Z
//&GSDDNAM DD DSN=&GSDSN,DISP=(&GSDISP),
)SEL &M5ALL1 ^= &Z
//
&M5ALL1&M5C1
)ENDSEL
)SEL &M5VSER1 ^= &Z
//
&M5VSER1&M5C2
)ENDSEL
)SEL &M5UNIT1 ^= &Z
//
&M5UNIT1
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM USE THIS DD IF ALLOCATION, VOLSER, AND UNIT ARE NOT SPECIFIED
)CM
)SEL &GSDSN ^= DUMMY
)SEL &M5ALL1 = &Z && &M5VSER1 = &Z && &M5UNIT = &Z
//&GSDDNAM DD DSN=&GSDSN,DISP=(&GSDISP)
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM END LOOP ON NON-SYSOUT DATA SET
)CM
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM END LOOP ON TABLE
)CM
)ENDDOT
)CM
)CM SEE IF LINK IS REQUIRED
)CM
)SEL &GCDDRTYP = A | &GCDDRTYP = G
)SEL &GCUSLNK = Y | &GCUSLNK = YES
220
Appendix E
//*
//LINK
//
PARM=’LET,LIST,XREF,RENT,REUS’
//SYSPRINT DD &M5SYSOUT
//SYSLMOD DD DSN=&GCUSLKL2,DISP=SHR
//SYSUT1
//SYSLIB
DD DSN=&GCUSMKI2,DISP=SHR
//
DD DSN=&GCUSMNI2,DISP=SHR
//IMSLIB
DD DSN=&GCUSMNI2,DISP=SHR
//SYSLIN
DD DSN=&M5PUNCH,DISP=SHR
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM ADD EOJ STATEMENT
)CM
//
M9GCTPU1 — VISION:Transact Foreground Job Execution User Panel
)ATTR
+ TYPE(TEXT)
% TYPE(TEXT)
@ TYPE(INPUT) INTENS(LOW) CAPS(ON) JUST(LEFT) PADC(&PADVAR)
} TYPE(OUTPUT) INTENS(HIGH) SKIP(ON)
{ TYPE(OUTPUT) INTENS(LOW) SKIP(ON)
)BODY EXPAND(||)
%USRPANEL --- &GVITEMLM -|-|
%COMMAND ===>_ZCMD
+
+ENTER%END+TO PROCESS USING THE OPTION PREVIOUSLY ENTERED.
+ENTER%CANCEL+TO TERMINATE PROCESSING THIS MEMBER.
221
Appendix E
M9GCTPU1 — VISION:Transact Foreground Job Execution User Panel (cont.)
+
+
%ENTER THE NAME OF THE VISION:TRANSACT GEN LIBRARY:
+VISION:TRANSACT LOADLIB ===>_GCUSVL1
+
%LINK OBJECT FILE?
===>_Z +
(YES OR NO)
+
LINK TO
===>_GCUSLKL1
+
INCLUDES FROM:
+
VISION:TRANSACT
===>_GCUSMKI1
+
MONITOR
===>_GCUSMNI1
)INIT
.HELP = M9GCTPH0
.ZVARS = ’(GCUSLNK)’
)PROC
VPUT (GCUSVL1 GCUSLNK GCUSLKL1 GCUSMKI1 GCUSMNI1) PROFILE
)END
+
+
+
M9GCTSFG — VISION:Transact Foreground Job Execution Skeleton
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
)CM
WORKBENCH RELEASE 5.8. IT WILL GENERATE CLISTS FOR A TRANSACT
FOREGROUND RUN (APPGEN, DEF RUN, OR SSR). THIS FILE TAILORING
’M9GCTPU1’. THIS PANEL HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN YOUR WORKBENCH
PANEL LIBRARY.
222
Appendix E
M9GCTSFG — VISION:Transact Foreground Job Execution Skeleton (cont.)
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &GCUSVL1
VISION:TRANSACT GEN LIBRARY
)CM &GCUSLNK
IF THE OBJECT FILE SHOULD BE LINKED
)CM &GCUSLKL1
LINK LIBRARY
)CM &GCUSMKI1
VISION:TRANSACT INCLUDE LIBRARY
)CM &GCUSMNI1
MONITOR INCLUDE LIBRARY
)CM
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &GSDDNAM
)CM &GSDSN
DATA SET NAME
)CM &GSDISP
)CM &GSVOLSER
)CM &GSUNIT
UNIT TYPE
)CM &GSALLOC
FILE ALLOCATION
)CM
)CM ISPF SYSTEM VARIABLE NAMES INCLUDE:
)CM VARIABLE
USAGE
)CM
)CM &Z
)CM
)CM
PROC 0
CONTROL LIST MSG
/*
*/
/* ALLOCATE FILES
*/
/*
*/
)CM
)CM LOOP THRU THE TABLE OF FILES TO BE USED IN THIS APPLICATION
)CM AND ALLOCATE EACH FILE AS SPECIFIED
)CM
)DOT M9GDFTB
)CM
)CM SAVE M5LIST DSN SO IT CAN BE ALLOCATED AS SYSLST IN THE LINK STEP
)CM
223
Appendix E
)SEL &GSDDNAM = M5LIST
)SET M5LIST = A
)SET M5LIST = &GSDSN
)ENDSEL
)SEL &GSDSN = *
)SET M5LIST = *
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM SAVE M5PUNCH DSN SO IT CAN BE ALLOCATED AS SYSLIN IN THE LINK STEP
)CM
)SEL &GSDDNAM = M5PUNCH
)SET M5PUNCH = &GSDSN
)ENDSEL
FREE FI(&GSDDNAM)
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE SYSOUT DATA SETS
)CM
)SEL
&GSDSN ^= *
ALLOC FI(&GSDDNAM) SYSOUT(&GSDSN)
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&GSDSN = *
ALLOC FI(&GSDDNAM) DA(&GSDSN)
)ENDSEL
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE NON-SYSOUT DATA SETS.
)CM CREATE UNIT, DSN, AND VOLUME STRINGS.
)CM
)SEL &GSUNIT ^= SYSOUT
)SET
M5UNIT1 = &Z
)SET
M5DSN1
= &Z
)SET
M5VOL1
= &Z
)SEL
&M5UNIT ^= &Z
)SET
M5UNIT1 = UNIT(&GSUNIT)
224
Appendix E
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&GSDSN ^= &Z
)SET
M5DSN1 = DA(&GSDSN)
)ENDSEL
)SEL
&M5VOL ^= &Z
)SET
M5VOL1 = VOLUME(&M5VOL)
)ENDSEL
)CM
)CM ALLOCATE NON-SYSOUT DATA SETS
)CM
ALLOC FI(&GSDDNAM) &GSALLOC &GSDISP &M5UNIT1 &M5VOL1 +
&M5DSN1
)ENDSEL
)ENDDOT
)CM
)CM
ALLOCATE STANDARD DATA SETS
)CM
/*
/* EXECUTE VISION:TRANSACT
/*
SET &&M5 = &&STR(&GCUSVL1)
IF &&SUBSTR(1:1,&&M5) = &&STR(’) THEN DO
SET &&M5 = &&SUBSTR(2:&&LENGTH(&&M5)-1,&&M5)
SET &&M5 = &&STR(’&&M5.(MARKV)’)
END
ELSE DO
SET &&M5 = &&STR(&&M5.(MARKV))
END
CALL &&M5
)CM
)CM FREE DATA SETS
)CM
)DOT M9GDFTB
FREE FI(&GSDDNAM)
)ENDDOT
)CM
)CM CHECK FOR LINKEDIT STEP
*/
*/
*/
225
Appendix E
)CM
)SEL &GCDDRTYP = A && &GCUSLNK = YES
/*
/* LINKEDIT STEP
/*
IF &&LASTCC = 0 THEN
FREE FI(SYSPRINT SYSLMOD SYSUT1 SYSLIB IMSLIB SYSLIN)
)SEL &M5LIST = *
ALLOC FI(SYSPRINT) DA(&M5LIST)
)ENDSEL
)SEL &M5LIST ^= *
ALLOC FI(SYSPRINT) SYSOUT(&M5LIST)
)ENDSEL
ALLOC FI(SYSLMOD) DA(&GCUSLKL1) SHR
ALLOC FI(SYSUT1) UNIT(SYSDA) SPACE(1 1) CYLINDERS
ALLOC FI(SYSLIB) +
DA(&GCUSMKI1 +
&GCUSMNI1) SHR
ALLOC FI(IMSLIB) DA(&GCUSMNI1) SHR
ALLOC FI(SYSLIN) DA(&M5PUNCH) SHR
CALL ’SYS1.LINKLIB(HEWL)’ ’LET,LIST,XREF,RENT,REUSE’
FREE FI(SYSPRINT SYSLMOD SYSUT1 SYSLIB IMSLIB SYSLIN)
)ENDSEL
END
*/
*/
*/
226
Contacting Sterling Software
■
For customers in the U.S. and Canada:
Technical Support
Phone: 800.328.7463 or 818.703.8599
FAX: 818.704.1102
E-mail: [email protected]
Product Information
Phone: 800.587.1002 or 818.716.1616
FAX: 818.716.5998
Web: www.sterling.com/vision
Telephone support available from 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
Pacific Time, Monday through Friday, with 24-hour
emergency support provided seven days a week.
■
For customers outside the U.S. and Canada:
Technical Support
Phone: 44-1932-587-000
FAX: 44-1932-587-242
E-mail: [email protected]
Product Information
Phone: 44-1932-587-000
Web: www.sterling.com/vision
■
To contact Consulting Services and for Regional and Customized On-Location Training Courses, call
800.998.0550.
■
To receive information about the annual Sterling Software Worldwide Customer Conference, call
800.587.1003.
227
Index
A
BLBANR 10
activate system 9
BLCOPY1 7
activation key code 9
BLCOPY2 7
ANSRZARK 21, 52
BLCOPY3 25
APPLYACT 10
BLCOPY4 25
attach facilities 14
BLCOPY5 26
automatic date validation 144
BLIVP 18
B
banner page 10
batch query language 24
BIND function 15
BLACTIV 10
BLASM1 12
BLRLNK 23
BLZARK 21
BQL install 24
BQLPARM 24, 165
C
CALL attach 14
228
Index
CLIST library 29
CLZARK 21
COBOL Quick Start 50
COMLIB
parameters 148
D
data set names 29
data validation symbols 143
DB2 installation 12
DB2 Quick Start 50
F
file tailoring output 34
file tailoring skeletons 31, 48
G
Generate facility 31
I
IMPORT option 32
IMS attach 14
installation
BQL 24
copy files 6
DB2 12
JCL 56
load libraries 50
M4PARAMS 113
MARKSQL 12
OLX 25
OQL 24
overview 3
own code 23
parameter modification 11
preparation 4, 8
product activation 9
program analyzer 22
quick start 50
RSM 21
setup 4, 20
system tape unload 5
tape unload 3
transfer files 7
TSO help 25
229
Index
verify 17
VISION:Workbench for DOS 27
VISION:Workbench for ISPF 28
installation number 9
locate file tailoring skeletons 31
locate text 31
M
installation tape 2
M4LEPARM 11, 140
ISPF 33
M4PARAMS 11, 113
ISPF LIBDEF 33
M4SFPARM 11, 142
ISPF/PDF facility 38
M9FTOUT 34
ISPFILE 31
maintenance 52
ISPFILE allocations 34
MARKDB2 14
ISPLLIB 29, 30
MARKDLI 14
ISPMLIB 31
MARKIV 14
ISPPREP 45
MARKLIBP 11, 148
ISPSLIB 31
MARKSQL 12, 153
MARKSQLC 14
L
MARKSQLI 14
LIBDEF 33
MARKSQLT 14
Library Management Facility 49
modify parameter modules 11
library requirements 29
MOSAIC processing 13
LMF 49
load library 33, 50
230
Index
O
R
OLX install 25
reentrant 33
Online Query Language 24
RSM install 21
Online Query Language parameters 178
OQL install 24
OQLPARM 24, 178
own code integration 23
P
S
setup installation 4, 20
startup CLIST 32
static integration facility 23
STEPLIB allocation 33
panel identification 54
support 52
panel library 30
SYSPROC 29
panel preprocessing 45
system link library allocations 33
parameters, modify 11
system modifications 52
prepare installation 4, 8
program analyzer install 22
Q
T
task library 29
Teradata Database System 17
query language
parameters 165
transfer files 6–7
quick start 50
TSO command processor 24
TSO attach 14
TSO help 25
231
Index
U
unexpected error panel 54
unload installation tape 3
unload system tape 5
user code 55
user panels 48
V
verify installation 17
VISION:Workbench for DOS 27
VISION:Workbench for ISPF 28
allocation requirements 29
invocation 195
W
WBZARK 21
WORKLIB 6
232

VISION:Builder® VISION:Two™

Transcription

Similar documents

How Investology easily promotes their courses

BUILDERS... List Your Homes FOR FREE with the HBACA! 6.23.09

Riviera

WINTER - CaliforniaChoice

stonehurst - Tennessee National

Atlantis Energy Systems Inc.

model e: interior finishes catalogue